ARCHIVÉ - Transcription
Cette page Web a été archivée dans le Web
L’information dont il est indiqué qu’elle est archivée est fournie à des fins de référence, de recherche ou de tenue de documents. Elle n’est pas assujettie aux normes Web du gouvernement du Canada et elle n’a pas été modifiée ou mise à jour depuis son archivage. Pour obtenir cette information dans un autre format, veuillez communiquer avec nous.
Offrir un contenu dans les deux langues officielles
Prière de noter que la Loi sur les langues officielles exige que toutes publications gouvernementales soient disponibles dans les deux langues officielles.
Afin de rencontrer certaines des exigences de cette loi, les procès-verbaux du Conseil seront dorénavant bilingues en ce qui a trait à la page couverture, la liste des membres et du personnel du CRTC participant à l'audience et la table des matières.
Toutefois, la publication susmentionnée est un compte rendu textuel des délibérations et, en tant que tel, est transcrite dans l'une ou l'autre des deux langues officielles, compte tenu de la langue utilisée par le participant à l'audience.
TRANSCRIPT
OF PROCEEDINGS BEFORE
THE
CANADIAN RADIO‑TELEVISION AND
TELECOMMUNICATIONS
COMMISSION
TRANSCRIPTION
DES AUDIENCES DEVANT
LE
CONSEIL DE LA RADIODIFFUSION
ET
DES TÉLÉCOMMUNICATIONS CANADIENNES
SUBJECT:
Various Broadcast Applications/
Plusiers demandes en radiodiffusion
HELD AT: TENUE À:
Westin Edmonton Hotel l'Hôtel Westin Edmonton
10135 100th Street 10135, 100e rue
Edmonton, Alberta Edmonton (Alberta)
June 20, 2006 Le
20 juin 2006
Transcripts
In order to meet the requirements of the
Official Languages
Act, transcripts of proceedings before the
Commission will be
bilingual as to their covers, the listing of
the CRTC members
and staff attending the public hearings, and
the Table of
Contents.
However, the aforementioned publication is the
recorded
verbatim transcript and, as such, is taped and
transcribed in
either of the official languages, depending on
the language
spoken by the participant at the public
hearing.
Transcription
Afin de rencontrer les exigences de la Loi sur
les langues
officielles, les procès‑verbaux pour le
Conseil seront
bilingues en ce qui a trait à la page
couverture, la liste des
membres et du personnel du CRTC participant à
l'audience
publique ainsi que la table des matières.
Toutefois, la publication susmentionnée est un
compte rendu
textuel des délibérations et, en tant que tel,
est enregistrée
et transcrite dans l'une ou l'autre des deux
langues
officielles, compte tenu de la langue utilisée
par le
participant à l'audience publique.
Canadian
Radio‑television and
Telecommunications
Commission
Conseil
de la radiodiffusion et des
télécommunications
canadiennes
Transcript
/ Transcription
Various Broadcast Applications/
Plusiers demandes en radiodiffusion
BEFORE / DEVANT:
Michel Arpin Chairperson
/ Président
Barbara Cram Commissioner
/ Conseillère
Rita Cugini Commissioner
/ Conseillère
Ronald Williams Commissioner
/ Conseiller
Stuart Langford Commissioner
/ Conseiller
ALSO PRESENT / AUSSI PRÉSENTS:
Chantal Boulet Secretary / Secrétaire
Joe Aguiar Hearing
Manager /
Gérant de l'audience
Anne-Marie Murphy/ Legal Counsel /
Shari Fisher Conseillères
juridiques
HELD AT: TENUE
À:
Westin Edmonton Hotel l'Hôtel Westin Edmonton
10135 100th Street 10135, 100e rue
Edmonton, Alberta Edmonton (Alberta)
June 20, 2006 Le
20 juin 2006
TABLE
DES MATIÈRES / TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
/ PARA
PHASE I (Cont.)
PRESENTATION BY / PRÉSENTATION PAR:
Bear Creek Broadcasting Ltd. 304 / 1984
Sun Country Cablevision Ltd. (OBCI) 351 / 2194
Jim Pattison Broadcast Group Ltd. 417 / 2495
Vista Radio Ltd. 491 / 2785
Crude Communications Inc. 543 / 3120
Standard Radio Inc. 618 / 3564
PHASE II
INTERVENTION BY / INTERVENTION PAR:
Crude Communications Inc. 667 / 3865
Edmonton,
Alberta / Edmonton (Alberta)
‑‑‑ Upon resuming
on Tuesday, June 20, 2006 at 0834 /
L'audience reprend le mardi 20 juin 2006 à 0834
1979 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Good morning. Good morning, everybody. Well people watched that game last night
because they are still resting.
Obviously, they didn't have too big a party, but we do from our own end
our best. But that being said, we can
move with the rest of the agenda and calling the meeting open and I am asking
the Secretary to call for the next applicant.
1980 THE
SECRETARY: Thank you, Mr. Chairman.
1981 We
are now at Item 5 on the agenda, which is an application by Bear Creek
Broadcasting Ltd. for a licence to operate an English‑language FM
commercial radio programming undertaking in Grande Prairie.
1982 The
new station would operate on frequency 103.3 MHz (channel 277C1) with an
effective radiated power of 100,000 watts (non‑directional
antenna/antenna height of 256.6 metres).
1983 Appearing
for the applicant is Mr. Ken Truhn who will introduce his colleagues. You will then have 20 minutes for your
presentation. Mr. Truhn.
PRESENTATION / PRÉSENTATION
1984 MR.
TRUHN: Thank you. Mr. Chairman, members of the Commission, CRTC
staff, good morning. My name is Ken
Truhn and I am the President and majority shareholder of Bear Creek
Broadcasting Ltd.
1985 Before
beginning our presentation I would like to introduce the other members of our
panel. On my far left, to your right, is
Mr. Alec Houssian who is one of Grande Prairie's most prominent business people
and whose corporate group represents one of the biggest users of radio
advertising in the market. Mr. Houssian
has been a retailer in Grande Prairie in excess of 30 years and has seen
firsthand its significant population expansion and market growth. His family owns and operates Nevada Bob's,
Action Sports, Ed's Menswear, Town Centre Furniture as well as numerous
commercial properties. Last summer Alec
was able to gather some very important feedback for me as to the acceptance of
our format within the local business community while I was putting together my
application.
1986 On
my immediate left sitting next to Mr. Houssian is Mr. Brian Nash who, along
with being my best friend and partner in Bear Creek Broadcasting, is also a
prominent businessperson in Grande Prairie.
Brian owns a travel and tour business, a shopping centre, a trailer park
and numerous other holdings. Brian, it
should be noted as well, was also a recipient of the Governor General of
Canada's Commemorative Medal in recognition of his contributions to multi‑cultural
student exchanges between Alberta and Quebec.
1987 To
my immediate right is Mr. John Yerxa who is our Research Consultant and advisor
on this project. I have been involved
with John since the mid 1990s when he first began to work with Monarch
Broadcasting and over the years John Yerxa Research has conducted numerous
programming and advertiser research studies for me in Grande Prairie. During my long tenure at CJXX I feel that
John played a pivotal role in the success of that station.
1988 Mr.
Chairman, members of the Commission, we are now ready to begin our
presentation. Once again, my name is Ken
Truhn and I have spent all of my adult life, the past 27 years, in the radio
business. Within the past year, however,
I elected to walk away from a very successful job with one of the larger
broadcast groups in order to pursue a dream that has been growing inside of me
for many years. Today, I appear before
you as a 55 per cent shareholder in Bear Creek Broadcasting Ltd. with my best
friend and business partner, Brian Nash, who owns the other 45 per cent.
1989 Brian
and I formed this company to further my goal of owning a radio station in
Grande Prairie, the community where I have spent the majority of my life and
where I have spent the majority of my broadcast career. Brian and I have both invested heavily in our
community. We have been involved in
bringing many excellent events to the Grande Prairie area and have supported
numerous local initiatives along the way.
Brian was instrumental in bringing the Royal Bank Cup, the National
Junior Hockey Championships, to Grande Prairie in 2004.
1990 More
recently, I played a prominent role in securing the 2006 Ford World Women's
Curling Championship for our city. This
event, which I just finished chairing in March, was the most successful world
women's event ever held in terms of attendance and bottom line return.
1991 Currently,
Brian and I both serve on the Crystal Centre Advisory Board, which provides
expertise and direction in the operation of our community's largest
entertainment and sports complex. Brian
is also a sitting member of the Airport commission and the provincial tourism
board and I am completing a six‑year term on the Hospital Foundation.
1992 Suffice
it to say, for many years Brian and I have spent a great deal of our time
supporting the terrific community that we call home, Grande Prairie,
Alberta. Together, we also own and
operate one of the Peace Country's largest tourist attractions, Telus Country
Fever, an annual country music festival which has featured just about every
Canadian country act in existence. It
has showcased many new Canadian artists as well as established ones, several of
whom have written letters of support for our application.
1993 As
far as my background in radio is concerned, my career actually began in Fort St.
John in 1978 as a sportscaster. I moved
back to Grande Prairie where I did news for a year before moving into the
sports director's role at CFGP, now known as SUN FM. In 1980 I was promoted into the sales
department and spent 12 years in that role before accepting a job as the
General Sales Manager with Radioseven in Red Deer. After three and a half years I was fortunate
enough to be transferred back to Grande Prairie as the General Manager of CJXX,
which eventually became Big Country 93.1 and there I remained for 10 excellent
years until a call for Grande Prairie applications was announced by the CRTC.
1994 In
the decade that I was General Manager at CJXX it became a top‑producing
station in terms of bottom line profit for both Monarch and Pattison and for 10
years the station was continually recognized with both corporate families for
its achievements. Of course, while I was
at Big Country, my responsibility encompassed both expense and revenue budgeting,
so I have a firsthand knowledge of the market and the money available in it.
1995 Members
of the Commission, Grande Prairie is one of the most profitable radio markets
in Canada, but it has been severely underserved in terms of radio for quite
sometime.
1996 MR.
NASH: Members of the Commission, just
before reviewing the economic situation in Grande Prairie, I want to quickly
add a couple of points about Ken and our partnership. Ken and I have known each other for over 20
years and we are not only long‑time business partners in the local
country music festival, but the very best of friends. We get along exceptionally well, even when we
do not agree with each other and I have absolute trust and faith in his
decision making ability.
1997 He
is widely regarded in the business community as someone who will deal with you
fairly, honestly and with integrity and his experience in Grande Prairie is a
huge asset. Ken also has extremely low
staff turnover during his management of CJXX, which is a pretty good indication
of how much the staff like working with him.
1998 The
economic situation in Grande Prairie is red hot. In 2004 the Grande Prairie housing market had
a record year at 14 per cent growth. In
2005 housing starts in Grande Prairie exceeded 1,000 units for the first time
ever. And so far, to the end of May,
2006, housing starts are up 83 per cent from 12 months ago. Housing prices are now reported to have increased
30 per cent in the past year and in the past 10 years the cost of housing has
more than doubled.
1999 According
to last years' census Grande Prairie's population is 44,631. However, expectations now suggest the city
population will increase by over 15 per cent in just the next two years to
approximately 52,000 by 2008.
2000 It
has been reported that Grande Prairie's population is currently growing by at
least 250 people per month after having been declared the second fastest
growing city in Canada by CMHC in 2004.
The average income in Grande Prairie at approximately $70,000 is 15 per
cent higher than the national average.
Retail sales are reported at 108 per cent above the national
average. Several retailers in our market
continually ranked in the top five in retail sales in Canada.
2001 Grande
Prairie serves an area of 250,000 people within a radius of 200
kilometres. It has become a central
shopping area for North‑western Alberta and North‑eastern British
Columbia. Millions of dollars flow over
the B.C. provincial border into Grande Prairie from communities such as Dawson
Creek, Chetwynd, Fort St. John and Fort Nelson.
2002 Our
region is economically diverse. Besides
the booming oil industry we have a strong forestry presence featuring
Weyerhaeuser, Ainsworth and Canfor, and agriculture represents a significant
base as well. All of these things now
qualify Grande Prairie for more choices when it comes to radio.
2003 MR.
TRUHN: The last time a new commercial
radio station started in Grande Prairie was in the fall of 1979 when CJXX hit
the airwaves. The population at that
time was 20,427 people. Today, the
population has more than doubled and yet we still only have the two commercial FM
stations. If you are not a fan of
country music your only alternative is Hot AC.
We believe the market is more than ready to support one, if not two, new
radio stations adding diversity and choice to a listening public that
definitely wants it.
2004 I'm
now going to turn the presentation over to John Yerxa, who will take you
through the research data.
2005 MR.
YERXA: In the fall of 2004 my company
conducted 400 random telephone interviews with adult, 18 to 54, radio listeners
in Grande Prairie. Once respondents were
selected we first studied their listening behaviour, then probed their interest
in five mainstream music formats and asked whether they could identify an
existing local station delivering each one.
2006 The
two most important calculations we performed were to identify the percentage of
listeners that expressed significant interest in each format as well as the
percentage that could not associate a local FM radio station with each
format. By comparing these two results
we were able to identify the largest musical hole or opportunity in the market
simply by examining the trade‑off between popularity and availability.
2007 Obviously
the more popular a music type is within the general population or target group
the more economically viable that format will tend to be. However, the most easily available a music
type is perceived to be the less opportunity it will have to grow as a distinct
format without cannibalizing another player in the market. Therefore, suffice it to say that the more
popular but less available a music type is the greater opportunity there is for
that format in a given market.
2008 Using
this approach, we were able to determine that classic rock clearly represents
the best format opportunity in Grande Prairie, as it registered the highest popularity
of the groups we tested and was also perceived by adult respondents to be the
most difficult music type to find on the local FM dial.
2009 MR.
TRUHN: You will notice that Mr. Yerxa's
research highlighted the demand for classic rock, and yet I have positioned our
proposed station as a classic rock/classic hits hybrid. The reason I did this is because from the
time when CJXX was owned by Monarch Communications I did extensive research in
the marketplace with John and clearly understood that there was a hole for both
formats. But classic rock had long been
the most noticeable void in the market in survey after survey and I simply
wanted to reconfirm that fact with our research for this application, knowing
that the crossover between classic rock and classic hits is well established.
2010 Indeed,
at least one other applicant before you this week has suggested that their
proposed format could be termed either classic rock or classic hits. However, a combined classic rock/classic hits
format, while focusing on the same era, would be somewhat broader in its appeal
than just classic rock and would allow us to mix in a much greater selection of
Canadian artists in order to meet our 40 per cent CanCon commitment as well as
supporting even more local and regional Canadian talent.
2011 Looking
at the overall play list, we would be co! 0834mbining classic hits artists
like!?! Fleetwood Mac; Corey Hart; Don Henley; Joni Mitchell; Huey Lewis &
The News; Glass Tiger; Men at Work; Alanis Morissette; Blondie; Toto; Doug and
the Slugs; Loverboy and the Eurythmics with classic rock artists like the
Rolling Stones; Tom Petty; Dire Straits; The Guess Who; Pink Floyd; Crosby,
Stills, Nash & Young; Blood, Sweat & Tears; Peter Frampton; Bruce
Springsteen; Rush, Van Halen; Bob Seger; April Wine; Santana; The Who and BTO.
2012 In
terms of overall balance, we intend to position our format as 65 per cent
classic rock and 35 per cent classic hits, given classic rock's stronger appeal
amongst target listeners. But, if asked
by the Commission to choose between these two formats, we would definitely lean
toward the classic rock position with classic hits as our second choice.
2013 However,
the real point worth making here is that the two largest and most profitable
holes on the Grande Prairie radio landscape are classic rocks and classic hits
as opposed to a format which is too current in terms of its repertoire. If licensed, our station would undoubtedly
have the support of many 25 to 54‑year old listeners, in particular 35 to
44‑year olds and the local business community.
2014 We
will also be bringing a new and independent information voice to Grande Prairie
by placing significant emphasis on local news and information seven days per
week. Based on my long experience in
Grande Prairie, I am well aware of the dependence our listening community
places on local information and that explains why it is a staple element of our
programming schedule. Our station will
provide a total of 143 newscasts from 6:00 a.m. to just after 11:00 p.m. seven
days a week. Moreover, the vast majority
of our spoken word will be live, as we are planning to have our news readers
deliver local news and information right up to 11:00 p.m. each weekday and up
to 6:00 p.m. on Saturdays and Sundays.
2015 In
total, we will have five fulltime news staff providing 12 hours and 15 minutes
of news and information programming throughout the week, which I believe is a
greater news and information commitment than perhaps any other applicant.
2016 We
will also support numerous community organizations which require radio's help,
either with public service announcements or to help them achieve their
fundraising objectives.
2017 You
will have noted from our application that we are proposing $60,000 annually in
Canadian Talent Development initiatives for a total of $420,000 over a seven‑year
period. While this is not the largest of
the CTD amounts presented before you at this hearing, please remember we are a
small company looking to operate a single station. Therefore, while a couple of the larger
corporations should be applauded for their contributions to CTD, we believe
that, relative to our size, we are making a significant commitment to Canadian
Talent Development and our annual contributions will make a considerable
difference in the lives of the recipients.
2018 I
wanted to quickly review the six initiatives.
First, there is a $20,000 annual contribution to a scholarship fund at
the Grande Prairie Regional College for students enrolled in fine arts. This scholarship will be managed by a
committee comprised of a representative of the station, the president's office
at the college and the dean of the fine arts program at the college. That committee will determine the recipients
from year to year. Second, there is a
Prairie Art Gallery initiative in the amount of $10,000 per year, which is a
direct cash payment to the six programs outlined in our deficiency response to
the Commission dated December 5 of 2005.
2019 Third,
there is our Community Development Foundation initiative, which calls for a
$5,000 per year cash payment to establish a scholarship for First Nations
students enrolled in the fine arts program at the local college. The Community Foundation would manage this
scholarship. Fourth, there is a $5,000
initiative for Grande Prairie Little Theatre, which will be administered by
them. Fifth, there is the Evergreen Park
Talent Explosion initiative, which is an existing talent competition we will
support with a direct cash payment of $10,000.
This program will continue to run and be operated by Evergreen
Park. Sixth, we are choosing to support
Summer Slam and Telus Country Fever, this initiative calls for an annual $5,000
contribution to each festival and all of this money will be used to pay for
Canadian artists to appear on stage.
2020 At
this point, I would like to clarify a concern you may have with regard to the money
proposed for Telus Country Fever, which is listed as Spilchen's Country Fever
in the application but has undergone a sponsor change, hence the name
change. While the funds allocated to
this initiative will be paid directly to Canadian artists, upon reviewing our
application Brian and I realized that our ownership of the festival will pose a
conflict in the Commission's mind.
Therefore, with your permission, we will immediately reallocate those
funds directly to ARIA.
2021 Moreover,
if there are any other CTD initiatives which we have outlined that are not
acceptable to the Commission, we will immediately reallocate those portions to
ARIA as well. Please understand,
however, that our overall commitment to CTD is meant to ensure that as many
dollars as possible will be allocated locally, as we are firm believers in
directly supporting the community which supports our business.
2022 MR.
HOSSIAN: Mr. Chairman and members of the
Commission, last summer after discussing the Bear Creek proposal with a number
of fellow advertisers and business people in our community, I informed Ken that
it will be a success. With the feedback
from a dozen or so business people I contacted suggests that the application
will succeed because it attracts a large number of people who presently have no
way of hearing the music they grew‑up with on the local dial.
2023 Many
of the fellow business men and women are interested and are listeners because
they cannot be reached that effectively through the existing stations in Grande
Prairie. Moreover, most of the business
people told me they will support this station because of Ken's 24 years of
radio service in our community.
2024 MR.
TRUHN: Mr. Chairman, members of the
Commission, in summary, we feel that Bear Creek should be awarded a licence to
operate a new FM radio station in Grande Prairie for the following
reasons. First, we believe our business
plan is solid because it is based on good research, advertiser feedback and my
knowledge of the market. Second, we will
be providing a distinct format to a market that is virtually screaming for
it. Third, we will bring a new
information voice to the Grande Prairie region and our five fulltime news staff
will be offering a significant amount of local news and information in excess
of 12 hours a week to the local community.
2025 Fourth,
we will not only create 24 new jobs in the radio industry, but most importantly
we will bring 24 new jobs, the most of any applicant before you, to our
hometown. Fifth, we will reflect our
community and its cultural diversity.
Sixth, our CTD commitment, which we believe is impressive for a company
of our size, will significantly benefit its recipients. Seventh, we are independent. In a speech not long ago to the BCAB,
Chairman Dalfen emphasized the continuing importance of smaller broadcasters
and we believe our presentation before you today upholds the ideals of that
statement. Eighth, not only are we
independent, we are truly local. Both
Brian and I are long‑time residents of Grande Prairie and we are deeply
invested in and committed to our community.
2026 Therefore,
approval of this application will not only bring a new independent owner, but a
brand new local owner into the broadcast industry. And ninth, I personally bring a great deal of
broadcast experience to the table. I
have spent my entire adult life in the radio business and now I am following a
natural progression through the ranks to this position. I have always dreamed of owning and operating
my own station in Grande Prairie. I have
the experience, the community support and the desire to undertake this
challenge.
2027 Thank
you for the opportunity to make our presentation and we are open for questions.
2028 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you, Mr. Truhn. Commissioner Cugini.
2029 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Good morning and thank you for
being here promptly despite last night's upset.
I guess I can now go back and cheer for my home team and we don't have
to disclose the name of that team.
2030 My
colleague yesterday did comment on how ‑‑ on the quality of
the applications submitted in this proceeding and the quality of the
presentations and certainly yours is no exception, but I do have some questions
of clarification.
2031 The
first set of questions I would like to ask you is in regards to your format,
you describe it as a classic rock/classic hits format. Yesterday I believe, it was Newcap who said
that classic hits runs across a number of genres, whereas classic rock is more
of a contained definition. First of all,
do you agree with that and, second ‑‑ let us answer that
first, yes, do you agree with that definition of classic hits?
2032 MR.
TRUHN: I am going to turn that question
over to John Yerxa.
2033 MR.
YERXA: Commissioner Cugini, may I first
answer that by quoting directly out of the Newcap supplementary brief. Page 8, the station might also brand itself
as classic rock rather than classic hits:
"It will be slightly more
classic rock than other classic hit stations." "Fortunately, the two formats share a
large number of artists and songs between them."
2034 Page
8, Newcap application. I completely
agree, the fact is that there is tremendous crossover between classic rock and
classic hits. There are a number of
artists that are common to both formats, artists ranging from Queen; John
Mellencamp; Journey; The Police; The Eagles; Don Henley; Canadian artists such
as Neil Young; Loverboy; Brian Adams.
2035 Both
of these formats are successful because they focus on the same era, basically
the 1970s, the 1980s and the 1990s. Now,
there are some differences and variances depending upon the market that you are
in. You have some classic hit stations
that focus more on the 1970s and the 1980s.
For example, a lot of work that I have done in the States, specific
stations we deal with, are a lot more classic rock or 1970s, 1980s
focused. Other stations, for example,
you had an applicant before you here at first that said we want to be more of
an 1980s and 1990s radio station.
2036 The
key, however, is that these formats are successful because they target an age
group, the 35 to 54‑year old listener that wants to listen to the music
that they grew‑up with.
Particularly, in their late teens and early 20s, if you follow the
impressionable years model of broadcast programming, which means particularly
the average 45 to 50‑year old, someone who was around 20 years of age in
the late 1970s early 1980s.
2037 Now,
if you take a format like, for example, the Jack concept when they first
launched, it was interesting because there was a tremendous amount initially
with the format as they presented, which was the early to mid‑1980s. Now, that may have seemed somewhat brilliant
at the time given the hit/non‑hit parameters that we have to deal with in
Canadian radio, but what was particularly smart about it was that they were
focusing on the bulge or the peak in the baby boom population in Canada, which
generally lags the U.S. by a few years and so they were appealing to that bulge
in the population.
2038 We
have other formats like the Bonneville format I mentioned that are younger
skewing. So classic hits really it can
lean more classic rock, depending upon the dynamics of the market, or it can
lean more pop and even towards AC if there is a large rock or classic rock
component available in the market. So
but let me just say that the statement that classic rock and classic hits are
diametrically opposed, have no similarities, is absolutely wrong.
2039 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Okay, let us take out the ors in
your sentence and can you please tell me what this application and what this radio
station, if licensed, will focus on when it reaps music from the classic hits
format?
2040 MR.
YERXA: Assuming that this radio station
is the only one licensed, then obviously it would try and be as broad as it can
be within the 35 to 54 demo, which means that our suggestion would be say 65
per cent classic rock, 35 per cent classic hits, approximately 40 per cent
1960s and 1970s, 30 per cent 1980s, 15 1990s, 15 year 2000 forward.
2041 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Within the classic hits?
2042 MR.
YERXA: Yes, within the ‑‑
it is about 65 per cent classic rock, 35 per cent classic hits, knowing that a
lot of these artists crossover. I gave
you a list ‑‑ I mean, I could give you a..
2043 For
example, if I may, we did an analysis of the Jack format when it first launched
as it was picked up by Infinity in the United States and the top 30 most played
artists on the Jack format were included among them at the top 30 U2; Journey;
John Mellencamp; The Police, The Rolling Stones; Bob Seger; Steve Miller;
Foreigner; Queen; Genesis. Keeping in
mind this was the format that really got this whole concept of classic hits
moving. And of course, if you look at
what the 10 most played songs were initially when this format was presented in
various markets, Journey ‑ Don't Stop Believing; Queen ‑
Another One Bites the Dust; J. Geils ‑ Centrefold; John
Mellencamp ‑ Jack and Diane; Police ‑ Every Breath You
Take; Joan Jett ‑ I love Rock `n' Roll.
2044 So
once again classic hits, but as you can see, very very rock oriented in its
initial application in these markets.
Keeping in mind, of course, that over time, depending up on the
competitive dynamic of the market, you may adjust to move a little more this
way, maybe a little more pop oriented, you may move a little more in terms of
era, maybe a little more towards the 1990s if all of a sudden you have somebody
who comes in and positions themselves as pure classic rock.
2045 But
that, in a nutshell, is really what I am recommending to the client here, is if
you are the only one licensed then a 65/35 split, knowing the dynamic, the make‑up
of the market, the psychographic of the market, knowing that classic rock
generally tends to skew a little more male and that up until this time looking
at the existing players in the market, SUN FM has generally skewed more female,
albeit at the younger end, whereas CJXX ‑‑ although, in our
particular study they had a male/female split ‑‑ they
generally have tended to skew more female.
So you have the two existing stations in the market which have generally
skewed more female, hence putting more emphasis on classic rock would position
you a little better in terms of the overall opportunity.
2046 Now,
of course, if you were to licence two stations in the market, it is a whole
different ballgame.
2047 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: And we will get to that.
2048 MR.
YERXA: Okay.
2049 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: So this radio station will not
broadcast or will not include any contemporary hits, music, on its play
list? In other words, we are not going
to hear Britney Spears or Madonna's new song or anybody else from 2000 on?
2050 MR.
YERXA: You will hear ‑‑
we say 15 per cent and, frankly, most of that if not all of it is CanCon. Because given the significant commitments now
that broadcasters are making, the 40 per cent CanCon commitment, the key
now ‑‑ and really it is a win‑win I guess, because you
are giving these new Canadian artists an opportunity, be they classic or say
rock oriented or say hits oriented, giving them exposure on the radio. But the key is that the challenge is you have
to pick these artists that you can common thread and meld into the format
without being schizophrenic. And you are
going to find that most stations across the country, whether they are classic
hits, adult contemporary doesn't matter, we have these commitments, we live up
to them and that freshens the format, because you can't play April Wine to death.
2051 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Thank you. You did say in your opening remarks that you
are committed to 40 per cent Canadian content?
2052 MR.
TRUHN: Yes, we are.
2053 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: And you will accept that as a
condition of licence?
2054 MR
TRUHN: Absolutely.
2055 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Okay. Based on your research, and you mentioned it
this morning as well, you did say the classic rock was the most popular, but
you didn't ‑‑ did you ask the question about classic hits?
2056 MR.
YERXA: No, I normally do that. And as you can appreciate, I deal with
numerous clients across the country and at the time that Ken contacted me it
was a very short phone call and he just said I want you to do a study, we have
done a lot of work in the market, here is what I want to test, I want to be as
distinct as I can, let us do classic rock, let us do country, let us do adult
contemporary, you know, let us do the top..
In other words, he said to me here is what I want to do, we know what
the market.. but confirm this for me, is this the best opportunity and so that
is what we did.
2057 Of
course, I didn't even know at the time really what he was after. I didn't know he was, you know, because he is
not going to tell everybody in the industry that he is maybe going after a
licence, he was probably testing the waters and so that is what we tested.
2058 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: And based on that then can you
tell us why you did add classic hits?
2059 MR.
YERXA: Well, we had done numerous
research studies and we had done a lot of qualitative research as well and we
knew about the crossover and I suppose that was probably as much my fault in
the sense that when there was a call for the applications and I said to Ken are
you going to be going after this. I had
just said to him offhand, you know, if you are going to go for it and you get
the licence you should be as broad as possible.
And given the success of the Jack and Joe formats, although more Jack
because it is more rock oriented, you know, you may want to consider being a
kind of a hybrid format. So I may have
thrown him off in that regard, but certainly we confirmed the classic rock
format as being the best opportunity in the research.
2060 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: And your suggestion was made
after you conducted your research?
2061 MR.
YERXA: Well again, I didn't ‑‑
remember, I just get calls from people
and they say just do this, do that, study this and six months later he said
guess what, I am going to go after a format in Grande Prairie and that study
you did for me, I am going to use that as a base and what do you see, based on
your knowledge of what is happening across the country, what do you think we
should do if we were successful. And so
that is what I suggested he do, to branch out.
But, as I said, if you were to licence two stations there is going to be
a mad scramble to see who gets on the air first. And, of course, the first one in is going
to ‑‑ I would recommend position themselves one way and then,
of course, the other one is going to have to react.
2062 Now,
heaven knows if all of a sudden SUN FM decides to flip format in the next six
months then, of course, all bets are off and that is the reality of this
business. But the key, of course, is
that in that market it will be quite possible for anybody to find a very
distinct and very meaningful hole to fill.
2063 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Well, since you have now raised
the question twice, I will take this opportunity and perhaps ask you, Mr.
Truhn, how many radio stations do you believe the Grande Prairie market can
support?
2064 MR.
TRUHN: New radio stations?
2065 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: New radio stations.
2066 MR.
TRUHN: Two for sure.
2067 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: And do you believe that one
format over another would be more or less successful?
2068 MR.
TRUHN: Well, as John alluded to, I believe
that the classic rock format, if I had to choose between the two, would be the
more successful of the two choices with classic hits as a second choice.
2069 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: We have an application before us
for a gospel radio station, as you may have heard yesterday. Do you believe that ‑‑ or
what do you think if we were to licence them plus two?
2070 MR.
TRUHN: As far as the listening audience
goes, I don't think that that would be a significant factor. Obviously, anytime you put another player
into the market in terms of the revenue side of things, you know, that will
play a bit of a factor, but overall I don't see that as a big challenge in the
market place.
2071 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Okay, we will now move onto the
specifics of your application and the area of spoken word and your
commitments. In your application I
believe you committed to 10 hours of news, weather and sports and six hours of
PSAs and liners. And then in response to
deficiency questions you said it was nine hours of news, weather and sports and
three hours of PSAs and liners. Could
you tell us what your commitment is to spoken word?
2072 MR.
TRUHN: Absolutely. In the supplementary brief where I outlined
nine hours that was simply a mistake, it should have read 10.
2073 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: So and in the area of PSAs and
liners?
2074 MR.
TRUHN: Well it is six, but I also
included a 24‑hour clock there, so from 6:00 a.m. to midnight I committed
to a minimum of 10 hours of news and spoken word, plus three hours of PSA, the
other three hours would have run between midnight and 6:00 and I realize that,
you know, we are talking about a 6:00 a.m. to midnight time clock.
2075 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Okay. Now, in terms of the news, weather and sports
you also ‑‑ you repeated it today I believe.. Sorry, can you remind me of how many
newscasts?
2076 MR.
TRUHN: One hundred and forty‑three.
2077 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: What is the length of those
newscasts?
2078 MR.
TRUHN: They vary anywhere from three and
a half minutes to seven and a half minutes.
2079 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: And does that include weather
and sports?
2080 MR.
TRUHN: Yes.
2081 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: And in terms of local news, of
those three and a half to seven minutes how much of that will be local?
2082 MR.
TRUHN: Seventy‑five per cent of
the news will be local, 75 per cent of the sports and obviously 100 per cent of
the weather.
2083 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: And the other 25 per cent will
be national and international stories ‑‑
2084 MR.
TRUHN: Yes.
2085 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: ‑‑ when they break?
Thank you. In the area of CTD
your presentation this morning was very clear in outlining your commitments to
Canadian Talent Development. You are
proposing a $20,000 annual commitment to the Grande Prairie Regional College
fine arts program?
2086 MR.
TRUHN: Yes.
2087 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: And that is for a scholarship
program?
2088 MR.
TRUHN: Yes.
2089 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: How many scholarships are you
planning or how many scholarships is the college planning on offering with that
$20,000 annual contribution?
2090 MR.
TRUHN: A minimum of four, you know, and
that would depend on the quality of the applications that were received for it
each year.
2091 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: And will you have any participation
in selecting who ‑‑
2092 MR.
TRUHN: Yes.
2093 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: ‑‑ would receive those scholarships?
2094 MR.
TRUHN: There will be a member of the
radio station, likely myself, sitting on the selection board.
2095 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: And the $10,000 per year to
Evergreen Park for sponsorship of their talent exposition, do you have a budget
breakdown on how that $10,000 will be spent?
2096 MR.
TRUHN: That money was to go directly to the
winners of the competition, the top five, you know, broken out, you know,
appropriately with more for first place obviously and less for last place, but
directly to the winners of that competition.
2097 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: And will you participate at all
in the selection of the winners of that competition?
2098 MR.
TRUHN: No, that will be done by an
independent panel, as it always is with that contest.
2099 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Okay, thank you. And if we are to accept your initiatives in
Canadian Talent Development as you mentioned today with the relocation of funds
from the Telus Country Fever to ARIA you will accept that as a COL?
2100 MR.
TRUHN: Yes.
2101 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Okay. Now in terms of your business plan, despite
what you may have heard yesterday, you are one of the highest in terms of your
projections for revenue from the market.
I do appreciate your comments today on how much you know the market and
your experience in the market, but could you give us the rationale for your
revenue projections?
2102 MR.
TRUHN: Well obviously, because of my
experience, I know what the money being spent on the two incumbents is each
year. I have also done some research in
regard to what Peace River Broadcasting is taking out of the marketplace and
what the standard stations are getting out of the marketplace. I was able to derive a total of approximately
$8.6 to $9 million somewhere in that range as it existed a year ago. My understanding is is that we haven't gone
through a recession in Grande Prairie, so that number is likely a little bit
higher, closer to the $9 million I would estimate in the radio market at this
present time.
2103 I
was around in 1979 working for COG when CJXX came on the air. There was some concern at that time, you
know, from the original radio station that advertisers would cut, you know,
their marketing budgets in half or at least not spend as much with them. And the truth of the matter was the market
expanded significantly and COG saw a huge increase in advertising revenues that
very first year. I suspect that it won't
be quite the same with the addition or a third and/or fourth radio station, but
I do expect that the market will expand by a little in excess of 10 per cent, I
think it will be a $10 million market, you know, once this all shakes out.
2104 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: And so your projections were
obviously based on one more, just one?
2105 MR.
TRUHN: Our business plan was derived
based on one more applicant being added to the market.
2106 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: By how much would you reduce
your projections if we were to licence two?
A percentage, just give me a percentage.
2107 MR.
TRUHN: You know, I would have to say
around 15, 20 per cent.
2108 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Around 15 per cent?
2109 MR.
TRUHN: Yes.
2110 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Okay, thank you. As you know, there are more than one frequencies
available in the market. Have you done a
study to determine whether or not any of the other frequencies, other than the
one for which you have applied, would suffice or would meet your needs?
2111 MR.
TRUHN: We haven't done an actual study,
no. But obviously, there is a wide range
of frequencies available and certainly if we had to choose another one there
are more options in the market that would, you know, suit our needs.
2112 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: And so another frequency would
be acceptable to you?
2113 MR.
TRUHN: Absolutely.
2114 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: There are just ‑‑
sorry, there is one more question I forgot to ask and perhaps, Mr. Yerxa, you
could answer. In your presentation this
morning you did say that your target audience is 35 to 44‑year olds?
2115 MR.
YERXA: The broad target is 35 ‑
54.
2116 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Right.
2117 MR.
YERXA: Are you looking for a median age?
2118 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Well, your presentation this
morning, if licensed our station would undoubtedly have the support of many 25
to 54‑year olds listeners ‑‑
2119 MR.
YERXA: That's the broad target.
2120 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: ‑‑ in particular, 35 to 44.
2121 MR.
YERXA: Thirty‑five ‑ 54
actually. So it is ‑‑
35 ‑ 44 is probably the core, you know, that is your 10‑year
sweet spot. But if you are going to play
more classic rock, it is going to skew a little higher, 35 ‑ 54.
2122 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: And you anticipated, yes, and so
what is the median age of your listener?
2123 MR.
YERXA: Let us give it a 42.
2124 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Male or female?
2125 MR.
YERXA: Skewing more male with the
classic rock component.
2126 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: And when you mix in the classic
hits format?
2127 MR.
YERXA: It is going to be skewing more
male because we will be two‑thirds classic rock hopefully.
2128 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Okay, thank you. Thank you very much, Mr. Chairman, those are
all my questions.
2129 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you, Commissioner
Cugini. Commissioner Langford.
2130 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Thank you, Mr. Chair.
2131 I
want to go back to this question of your format. And without seeming in any way rude, I don't
need anymore enthusiasm, I got the picture that you really like it and you
think it is going to do it. What I am
trying to find out is how you would react, in a strategic sense, should we be
licensing you and someone else very very close?
And I think you touched on it ‑‑ John is the first
name, I can't remember the second name, sorry, this gentleman.
2132 MR.
YERXA: John is fine.
2133 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: John, okay. Well, it doesn't look too good on the record
if we are all on a first name basis does it?
Yerxa, that is it, thank you, sorry.
Later in history you will say gee, these two brothers were handing licenses
out to each other. We don't like that
image here.
2134 It
is almost difficult for me to phrase this question, though I have had time to
think about it since your very interesting description. But there are about five other applications in
front of us which have chosen, at least in their words and in their
descriptions, something very very similar.
Pattison, O.K., Crude, a number of them anyway. So what happens if we licence, for example,
you and one of them? And just for the
sake of argument, I am looking for a strategy now, we happen to licence the one
that is as close to your chosen format as possible, what do you do?
2135 MR.
YERXA: Okay, there are ‑‑
first of all, I know there are three applicants that Ken would definitely be
hurt by or threatened by. There are
three applicants and I know you are going to ask him that in a few minutes, who
would hurt you. He can deal with that.
2136 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Well, you might as well name
them.
2137 MR.
YERXA: Okay.
2138 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Helps us.
2139 MR.
YERXA: Do you want me to name them?
2140 MR.
TRUHN: Well obviously, if we were
granted a licence, you know, the most harmful effect to our business plan is
going to come from the two incumbents and from the standard stations which are
Standard, which has stations in Fort St. John and Dawson Creek and, you know,
would have an opportunity to leverage in ‑‑ in the
marketplace.
2141 MR.
YERXA: So having said that, assuming one
of the incumbents doesn't get it and create an imbalance, unless of course you
want to give both of them that which may happen, but it really doesn't
matter. The key ‑‑
unless you want to make, format a COL and that is not in the cards, so
therefore get on the air, scramble as quickly as you can, position yourself and
number two in they position themselves accordingly and everything will shake
out. And you have seen that happen in numerous
markets and, of course, you also recognize that upon licensing an incumbent
could even switch and muddy the waters, so it really doesn't matter.
2142 We
have identified a couple of very profitable opportunities in the market. The key is get on the air, get there first.
2143 MR.
TRUHN: I might add, Commissioner
Langford, if we were in the position where we lost the race to get on the air
first, obviously we are going to have to ensure that whatever format we choose
is appropriate for the market. So we
would do ‑‑ you know, we would conduct some more research and
be absolutely sure of what that second position is, you know, given the
circumstances and whatever the first one on the air chose as a format.
2144 MR.
YERXA: And that is a very important point,
because I was quite interested in hearing at one of the other ‑‑
well, another one of the incumbents state that, you know, if you give us a
licence well we are going to take our existing station and move this way, which
I don't think is great news for Standard in their application, because that is
where they are going to move. They want
to become more mainstream AC pop.
2145 But
that is what may happen, whether you give them a licence or whether you give
someone else, assuming that rock hole is filled, then that existing station may
have to adjust accordingly to narrow their focus.
2146 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Is there a scenario that would
cause you to have to make more than an adjustment, in other words more than an
even kind of a tuning? In other words,
you just have to choose a whole new market niche?
2147 MR.
YERXA: If one of the ‑‑
let us assume one of the incumbents, heaven forbid, says I am going after one
of the ‑‑ well, this is great research everybody has brought
forward and let us do it, that is a huge hole, we didn't really realize it was
there. If they switch, they are going to
create an opportunity and some hybrid opportunities around whatever they
vacate. The market is big enough. There is two stations. You know, at any given time you have probably
got four mainstream formats that are available and, generally speaking,
regardless of population, so..
2148 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So you can adjust is what you
are saying, even to a dramatic encroachment on your plans, on your plan
territory there is still room out there for you to come up with a new plan?
2149 MR.
TRUHN: Absolutely.
2150 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay. Now, let me just go back, Mr. Truhn, to your
response about the kind of nightmare scenario here. And I am going to give you a piece of good
news and then I am going to give you a piece of bad news, but it is all
hypothetical. I am just trying to figure
out, because you have the Grande Prairie experience and it kind of gives me the
notion that you could probably respond to this almost better than anybody, with
the possible exception of the two incumbents.
2151 Assume
for a moment, hypothetically, that we licence you, but assume as well that we
licence the two incumbents, nightmare scenario.
So they each got two FMs, maintain some kind of balance. But we want to bring a new voice in. So we have two incumbents with two stations
each, synergies, market power, all that stuff you know about, and then you
because we want to bring diversity to the market or we want to encourage a new
player.
2152 I
am kind of painting this scenario pretty quickly off the top of my head. But what I am looking for is how you would
react to that, if you could react to it, could you survive, could you thrive in
a scenario like that?
2153 MR.
TRUHN: I think, obviously, in that
scenario that would be about as bad as it could get. Do I think I could survive? Absolutely.
I have a strong base in the community and I think that, you know, would
stand me in good stead. Would it be
tough? There is no question. You know, I had some experience in Red Deer
when I was the general sales manager there for RadioSeven in a situation that
has been corrected recently of where we were a standalone AM station against an
FM and a country AM station and it is extremely tough. It is very competitive, it tends to affect
the price of the product and not in a positive way, but they obviously
survived. And I believe, you know, given
my experience in Grande Prairie, we would survive as well.
2154 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Thanks very much. I don't want to give you nightmares, but I
just ‑‑ you might as well go to the extreme, in a sense, to
get your reaction and then pull back from there and, you know, as I said you
are on the ground, you are there, you know the area and if you think it can be
done, I mean, that is something we have to take into consideration.
2155 Those
are my questions, Mr. Chair, thank you.
2156 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you, Commissioner
Langford. Picking up on your last reply,
if you were or if the two incumbents would get each an FM licence and you are
to get one and obviously, as you said you got to be.. Will that impair your ability to do the local
news and the spoken word and local programming or where will you make the cuts?
2157 MR.
TRUHN: Well, you know, given that
situation I think we would, you know, review our whole business plan obviously. We are committed to our news and spoken word
programming, it is a big deal in markets the size of Grande Prairie. They rely on the radio stations for all of
the local information and relevant news.
2158 I
think obviously we would have to look at our, you know, at our staffing in a
situation like that. The news department
is not an area that we would cut dramatically because it is still a key element
in our programming. We would look for,
you know, other areas long before we looked at that area.
2159 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Commissioner Cram.
2160 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Thank you, Mr. Chair.
2161 I
wanted to ask a couple of questions.
Thank you very much for the part that starts off with your broadcasting
staff grid. And you started in the first
page talking about no automation during the broadcast week. And so, just to be fair to you, would you
accept that as a COL that you would be live‑to‑air during the
entirety of the broadcast week?
2162 MR.
TRUHN: Yes absolutely, unless
Commissioner Langford's worst case scenario came into play.
2163 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: So that is where you would start
making the cuts, would be the live‑to‑air issue?
2164 MR.
TRUHN: We would have to definitely take
a look at automation in some areas of the day for sure.
2165 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Secondly, you were talking with my
colleague, Commissioner Cugini, about a minimum of 10 hours news, but this
actually shows ‑‑ your newscast grid, the third page of that
shows a total of ‑‑ oh Lord I didn't add it ‑‑
nine, 10, 11, 12 ‑‑ oh yes, 12 hours and 15 minutes.
2166 MR.
TRUHN: Yes, it does. I think if you look at our application when
we originally wrote it I said a minimum of 10 hours each week. Once I actually developed the grid it worked
out to 12 hours and 15 minutes.
2167 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Okay. So and when I look at it it goes up to 11:00
at night both during the week and on the weekends?
2168 MR.
TRUHN: Yes.
2169 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Do any of the incumbents do this?
2170 MR.
TRUHN: To the best of my knowledge..
2171 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: You don't listen to them?
2172 MR.
TRUHN: I am a rabid fan of country or of
country radio in Grande Prairie based on my experience but, yes, I listen to
them both. To the best of my knowledge
Big Country provides it for a longer period of time up until at least 11:00 I
believe.
2173 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Okay.
2174 MR.
TRUHN: It is not always live, but it is
there.
2175 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Okay, I get your point. And there has been a fair bit of talk about
the incumbents. I guess I need to know,
given that we have on more than one occasion licensed the incumbents in order
to keep a competitive balance, why should we not do that in this case?
2176 MR.
TRUHN: Well, I think if you licence the
two incumbents you certainly do keep a competitive balance for them. It doesn't necessary add as much diversity to
the marketplace as you would by licensing two new players. And I think that, you know, there has to be
some opportunity for independent broadcasters to get into this business. And whereas the two incumbents would probably
like that, I certainly wouldn't.
2177 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Thank you. Thank you, Mr. Chair.
2178 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you, Commissioner
Cram. Well, we are almost to the end of
your appearance and I will give you two minutes to sum up and tell the
Commission why you should be granted the licence.
2179 MR.
TRUHN: Thank you. I am not going to reiterate all the points I
made at the end of our oral presentation.
I just have a quick quick summary.
2180 I
know the Commission appreciates independents like us participating in this
process, after all the industry has become extremely consolidated in recent
years. At the same time I realize you
probably hear this kind of statement from those of us vying for a licence
against the larger broadcast companies.
2181 Here
is what I truly think differentiates me from some of the other
independents. I won't be appearing
before you in the Fort McMurray hearing, nor will I be appearing before you in
the upcoming hearings in Medicine Hat, Regina or Saskatoon. Grande Prairie is where my life is, has been
and it is where it is going to continue to be.
Having spent 27 years in the broadcast business I guess I put it all on
the line this one time to pursue a career dream in the community that I grew‑up
in and I would respectfully ask you for that opportunity. Thank you.
2182 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you. The legal people have a question for
you. I apologize, I should have asked
them before, but here we are.
2183 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: I want you to know that the
rest of us are not illegal though.
2184 MS
MURPHY: Thank you, Mr. Chairman.
2185 Just
a clarification with respect to your commitment by condition of licence for
Canadian content Category 2 musical selections.
We would like to confirm that that commitment relates both to CanCon
throughout the broadcast week as well as for the period from Monday to Friday
6:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
2186 MR.
TRUHN: Yes, it does.
2187 MS
MURPHY: Thank you. Those are my questions, Mr. Chairman.
2188 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you. Thank you, Mr. Truhn. Thank you to your people. We will take a 10‑minute break and we
will move to the next item.
‑‑‑ Upon recessing
at 0931 / Suspension à 0931
‑‑‑ Upon resuming
at 0947 / Reprise à 0947
2189 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Ms Secretary.
2190 THE
SECRETARY: Thank you, Mr. Chairman.
2191 We
are now at Item 6 on our agenda, which is an application by Sun Country
Cablevision Ltd. on behalf of a corporation to be incorporated for a licence to
operate an English‑language FM commercial radio programming undertaking
in Grande Prairie. The new station would
operate on frequency 103.3MHz (channel 277C1) with an effective radiated power
of 100,000watts (non‑directional antenna/antenna height of 256.6metres).
2192 For
the record and in response to the Commission's questions, the applicant has
filed documents updating the ownership information relating to Sun Country
Cablevision Ltd. These documents can be
viewed on the application file which is in the examination room.
2193 Appearing
for the applicant today is Mr. Ted Pound, who will introduce his
colleagues. You will have 20 minutes for
your presentation. Please go ahead.
PRESENTATION / PRÉSENTATION
2194 MR.
POUND: Thank you. Good morning.
Mr. Chairman, commissioners and Commission staff, my name is Ted Pound. I am the President of Sun Country Cablevision,
I am a founding director and shareholder of Sun Country Cablevision, which
serves communities of Salmon Arm, Enderby and Armstrong in British Columbia for
the past 21 years. Details of my 30 plus
years of senior broadcast experience are noted in the application, not
including the recent award of the Alberta Centennial Medal for outstanding
community service by the Province of Alberta.
2195 On
my far right is Walter Gray and on my left is Ron East, both are founding
directors, shareholders of Sun Country and past Presidents of the British
Columbia Association of Broadcasters.
Between the three of us we have more than 110 years of radio business
experience in small and medium markets.
The fourth of our Sun Country directors is Mike Hall on my immediate
right, the youngest son of the late Bob Hall.
Mike was one of the inaugural employees of Sun Country Cable and has
earned his way through the ranks to become the company's General Manager and now
Managing Director.
2196 Mr.
Gray is a former Mayor of Kelowna.
Initially, Mr. Gray and Mr. Bob Hall established and operated radio
stations in Salmon Arm, Revelstoke, Kelowna and established a mini radio
network in the adjacent West Kootenay.
Mr. Gray has been the President of the Chamber of Commerce, Director of
the CAB and Radio Bureau of Canada. He
received the BCAB Broadcaster of the Year Award in 1993. For eight years he served as board member of
Telefilm Canada.
2197 Mr.
East has had a significant radio career and a background, specifically working
out of Prince George where he and the late Stan Davis established a radio
company that services 18 communities in central British Columbia. Mr. East is very involved in his community
and he was instrumental in the founding of the University of Northern British
Columbia in Prince George.
2198 The
other members of our panel, on my far left is Elder Angie Crerar, President of
the Métis Nation, Grande Prairie. Elder
Crerar is Canada's most recent recipient of the Governor General's Caring
Canadian Award. In the back row we have
Mr. Mel Brundige, Media Consultant, with over 30 years broadcast experience in
radio sales and management. Mr. Brundige
is a Radio Bureau of Canada CMM, that is a Certified Marketing Manager, and has
served on the Radio Executive Committee of BBM for over 13 years.
2199 Mr.
Howard Foot, Media Consultant, is a broadcast veteran with over 40 years of
sales, management and ownership experience in Canadian newspaper, radio and
television companies. Mr. Don Turri,
CACFP, is a partner with MacKay LLP Chartered Accountants and Chairman of
MacKay LLP Partnership, a firm with offices throughout British Columbia,
Alberta and the Northwest Territories.
2200 Mr.
Chairman, members of the Commission, I would be pleased to start our oral
presentation.
2201 Mr.
Gray, Mr. East and I formed our business alliance over 35 years ago. The three of us share the values of radio
excellence and outstanding community service.
We believe that there is a remarkable opportunity Grande Prairie to
introduce our founding principles of community radio excellence, relevant radio
with a big community heart, radio that Grande Prairie citizens have invited us
to bring to their growing community.
2202 To
assure that the Sun Country community service vision is focused and relevant in
Grande Prairie, it is our commitment to establish a community advisory
board. We are committed to the
development and support of local Canadian music talent under the guidance of a
knowledged professional in the business of Canadian and international music
development. Our classic rock format,
along with a strong commitment to news and spoken word, are well researched and
targeted for the market.
2203 MR.
EAST: My career has been involved with
small and intermediate size radio markets for over 50 years. I have observed many similarities between
central British Columbia and Northern Alberta.
The dynamic growth that Grande Prairie has experienced shows no signs of
slowing, the result is an extremely rich radio advertising market at Grande
Prairie.
2204 Later
in our presentation Mr. Brundige and Mr. Foot will focus your attention on
their findings, both from their statistical review and their one on one
interviews of local Grande Prairie merchants.
What exists before us today is a two‑radio station market serving
a trading area of 120,000 and there is no local TV station which would normally
be in existence in a market this size.
And there are resident sales persons in Grande Prairie whose job it is
to sell advertising for the Dawson Creek and Fort St. John, B.C. stations and
the nearby Peace River radio stations.
There is also a resident salesperson selling for CFRN TV out of
Edmonton.
2205 The
Grande Prairie broadcast advertising market is significant for the population
size. We firmly believe there is plenty
of room to establish at least one other local radio station at Grande Prairie.
2206 MR.
POUND: Sun Country is proposing a
classic rock FM radio station for Grande Prairie with a heavy emphasis on
community news, sports, features and events.
Our radio station will be the voice for local community groups and
musicians to promote awareness and showcase their talents. We will reflect the spirit of this diverse
and growing community by involving local groups, organizations and individuals.
2207 Radio
listeners currently have limited listening choices. Our music format will fill the void. Our music format will consist of a mix
between classic rock and new rock with a 70/30 percentage split. The blended music will average a minimum of
35 per cent Canadian content, 40 per cent in the new rock category. Research we have done on the market supports
our classic rock format. We are
targeting an audience that skews slightly higher male between the ages of 25
and 54 with our core audience 35 to 44 and our median age is 39.
2208 We
are committed to contributing over $735,600 in cash and in‑kind local
support to Canadian Talent Development; $231,000 is in cash, $504,000 is in‑kind
support. We will support the small
market Canadian Association of Broadcasters, Canadian Development Plan
initiative with $21,000 in cash over the period of a licence that will be
directed to the Alberta Recording Industries Association Canadian Talent
Development. Our CTD plan includes
college scholarships, talent searches with airtime support and available digital
studio production time.
2209 Grants
to local musicians and a regular air schedule to support local Canadian
talent. This commitment includes 21 30‑second
commercials per week showcasing new Canadian album releases. Sun Country is a member of ARIA, the Alberta
Recording Industries Association, whose mandate is to support excellence,
diversity and vitality of American artists and the Alberta recording industry.
2210 To
help coordinate our Canadian Talent Development commitments Mr. Neil
MacGonigill, President of Indelible Music Inc., has agreed to join our
community advisory board. Neil has spent
over 35 years nurturing and developing and guiding the careers of Canadian
artists such as Jann Arden, KD Lang, Paul Brandt and Ian Tyson. The experience has given him a unique
perspective pertaining to the challenges and opportunities that lie ahead for a
new generation of Canadian music talents.
2211 We
are aware of our in‑kind support will not qualify in CRTC terms of
Canadian Talent Development, but believe the dedicated initiatives are
significant and bring value to our application.
2212 Our
morning show, like all on‑air programs, will be focused on what is
important to our listeners of Grande Prairie.
Our news, sports, weather and road reports will be focused on providing
local information first. We will employ
three fulltime news staff members plus local stringers to cover the issues that
are important to our community. During
an average week in the category news‑related surveillance we will commit
313 minutes of news, weather, road reports and sports. We will broadcast 58 separate newscasts with
sports highlights.
2213 In
the general interest spoken word category we will commit to 316 minutes that
will include a five‑minute Aboriginal program twice a week. As part of our commitment to the local sports
and recreational groups within that community we plan to recognize and salute
the local volunteers, the coaches and athletes through a weekly program called
Local Heroes. Providing over 30 years of
airtime during the week for this program in a series of 60‑second
features.
2214 Black
Gold will highlight the history and events of the oil patch in a daily 60‑second
feature that will air 21 times during the week.
We will focus on the agricultural community with a daily 60‑second
feature aired 21 times a week. Our
daytime programming will be live from 6:00 a.m. until 6:00 p.m. throughout the
work week, 10:00 a.m. until 6:00 p.m. on Saturdays and 10:00 a.m. until 2:00
p.m. on Sundays to start, but we plan to add more live programming as the
station matures and grows.
2215 At
the heart of every community are non‑profit community groups working with
thousands of volunteers. Our goal is to
give them free access to our airwaves on a regular basis to promote their
fundraising events, ask for volunteers and raise the level of awareness in the
community for their cause. As apart of
our commitment to the local community we are offering free access to our
airwaves through a 60‑second feature that will run once an hour, 24 hours
a day, over two and a half hours a week.
2216 When
103.3 signs on the air we will also launch our 103.3 Grande Prairie Children's
Charity, Children Are Champions. The
charity will focus on raising funds to help children in the Grande Prairie
area. A non‑profit organization
will be set‑up to raise those funds then distribute them to needy
organizations, families and projects.
Our community advisory board will screen and evaluate the many different
organizational projects submitted that deal with children in the area. Whether it is a new playground, expenses for
families to travel to larger centres for health treatments or simply paying for
children for financially‑challenged families to participate in
recreational activities, we will make a difference to Grande Prairie families.
2217 We
are committed to working with the Grande Prairie Community College in the
development of a local radio broadcast course that will develop local
broadcasters and broadcast journalists.
We will actively support the broadcast practicum programs of other
Alberta broadcast schools in all facets of our operation.
2218 MR.
EAST: Now to the market dynamics of our
proposal. We will review the potential
advertising dollars available from the market, the basis of our projections,
the sources of new radio revenues and unusual revenue circumstances of this
very buoyant market.
2219 Mr.
Foot will now review the attitude of the business community toward the idea of
a new Grande Prairie radio station.
2220 MR.
FOOT: I have been involved in local
media sales for the past 40 years, 26 of those years in local radio sales. As a result of 43 in‑person interviews
that I conducted over a year ago in Grande Prairie with that business community
I identified the following factors.
Number one, the rates charged by the two local stations were felt to be
too high. Number two, the advertisers
want to spend more money on radio, but the local stations are sold out much of
the time. Number three, there is a
general feeling that the stations are operating as fat cats.
2221 Number
four, with the tremendous economic health of the market more and more companies
are moving into Grande Prairie and this puts even more strain on the amount of
airtime available to businesses for advertising. Number five, the Friday edition of the local
Herald‑Tribune newspaper is loaded with flyers and is of the size that
you would expect in a much larger market.
Number six, the major reason for optimism is that 76.7 per cent of the
businesses that I talked with are definitely in support of another radio
station in Grande Prairie.
2222 In
summation, I would just like to say that if I was 30 years younger I would love
to sell advertising for Sun Country's new radio station for Grande Prairie,
because I feel it would be a very successful career.
2223 MR.
EAST: Mr. Brundige will now review the
distribution of new advertising dollars and the results of a statistical
approach to this radio market.
2224 MR.
BRUNDIGE: I am here today to give you
some background on the revenue projections I prepared for the Sun Country
application. The projections were
prepared using two methodologies. As a
percentage of retail trade in the county and from per capita spending on radio
advertising in Northern Alberta, which was obtained from a special Statistics
Canada report, both methodologies indicated a radio market of approximately $5
million, this is for 2004, which is a reasonable number for a market the size
of Grande Prairie.
2225 Both
methods, however, suffered from the disadvantage of using average numbers from
wide geographical areas and applying them to a small geographical area, the
County of Grande Prairie. A visit to the
market lead me to conclude that it was an extremely hot market undergoing
frantic growth that would probably continue for a number of years. A restaurant I went to had only half its
tables opened because they could not hire enough staff to service the entire
restaurant. The hotel I stayed in had a
list of job fairs on its happening this week board that indicated three to four
a day for the next seven days for various companies.
2226 Projecting
revenue with any degree of accuracy in a market situation such as you find in
Grande Prairie is very difficult. But I
concluded that, based on my previous research in the extremely hot marketplace,
that a number in excess of $6 million was probably correct for 2004. I worked in Prince George in the 1960s when
it was a very hot market and I knew that the radio revenue would be very high
for two reasons, every ad campaign would work and the retailers were making so
much money that normal percentages went by the wayside and ad budgets of 6 and
7 per cent would not be uncommon as opposed to the normal 3 to 3.5. For these reasons, I regarded the revenue
projections contained in our application as very conservative.
2227 Now
that we have reviewed the revenue projections from the incumbent broadcasters'
applications for second broadcast licences, we know that our projects were very
conservative. It is documented that the
current value of the market is in excess of $8 million.
2228 MR.
GRAY: During our survey of the Grande
Prairie market beginning 18 months ago and, in particular, since numerous
visits beginning last fall, all four of the Sun Country directors have played a
hands‑on role in developing and seeking support and input for our
application, talking with community leaders and learning about the needs and
opportunities in the Grande Prairie region.
The fact that there are 10 applicants for radio licences demonstrates
that growth in the region, the sustainable economy and the geographic advantage
this community has says volumes.
2229 In
the April issue of MoneySense Magazine Grande Prairie is ranked number four in
all of Canada in a survey of Canada's best places to live based on measurable
criteria. In the specific category of
population growth Alberta really cleaned up, Calgary is number one for Canada,
Red Deer is number two and Grande Prairie ranked number four. Grande Prairie is ninth highest in the nation
for household income.
2230 As
an independent applicant, an experienced communications company very committed
to service to the community, Sun Country will be a fresh new competitive
choice. We firmly that this citizens and
advertisers of Grande Prairie deserve and will support more choice. Our research with community leaders tells us
that a new station needs to offer more local news coverage and to work to
connect the community and to offer a fresh new music format so that there is
more choice and diversity in the marketplace.
2231 Our
anecdotal findings are that there is an important role for local radio in the
fight against crime and in education with regard to drug abuse, particularly
amongst youth and young adults. To that
end we met a number of times with the RCMP and with the City of Grande Prairie
Crime Prevention Coordinator. We have
discussed specific programs to deal with many of the social challenges of a
growing community.
2232 In
speaking with Elder Angie Crerar, who is with us today, President of the Métis
Nation, we learned that radio is the most effective medium to inform and
connect the Aboriginal community. Sun
Country is committed to meet that challenge.
2233 We
want to broadcast the Grande Prairie Storm Junior A hockey games. We have a letter on file with the Commission
from the business manager of the team following our meeting with the
manager/coach of the Storm expressing interest in our desire to do those
broadcasts, it is win‑win and it adds remarkably to community
spirit. Frankly, we are surprised that
the games are not being broadcast.
2234 In
a letter on file with the Commission from Persona, the Grande Prairie cable
company, let me quote Persona's President, Mr. Dean MacDonald:
"The affinity between local
cable television and local radio is strong.
We currently work with another local licensee and would welcome the
opportunity to work with others."
2235 He
goes on to state:
"The radio experience and
community track record of Sun Country principles is exemplary. They understand the opportunities that exist
in a fast‑growing market like Grande Prairie and have agreed to work
closely with Persona to ensure residents are well served with local information
and entertainment. We encourage you, the
CRTC, to award the licence to this applicant."
2236 And
the Mayor of Grande Prairie stated in his letter:
"The City of Grande Prairie
supports the efforts of Ted Pound in pursuing the opportunity of a new
independent locally‑operated FM radio station for Grande Prairie."
2237 Mr.
Chairman, members of the Commission, Grande Prairie Mayor, Wayne Ayling,
expresses exactly our intentions, to be a new independent, locally‑operated
radio station.
2238 Reference
was made in Mr. Pound's opening comments that Sun Country has established a
community advisory board. On numerous
market visits in developing our community advisory board we identified key
community leaders who will assist our vision of bringing relevant radio to
Grande Prairie. The community advisory
board will have direct input to management, they will be our additional eyes
and ears of the community.
2239 The
members of the community advisory board include Elder Angie Crerar, President
of the Métis Nation representing the Aboriginal community; Dr. Scott McAlpine,
PhD., Dean, Faculty of Arts, Science and Education at Grande Prairie Regional
College; City Alderman, Bill Given, owner of a media design company, age 29,
the youngest person ever elected to council; Neil MacGonigill, President of
Indelible Music, his principal focus and responsibility will be in the
development of local talent; Jackie Clayton, President of the Grande Prairie
Chamber of Commerce and local retailer businesswoman; Alderman Dwight Logan, local
businessman and highly involved in local service organizations, he is a former
two‑term mayor and is currently serving his third term as Alderman, his
principal interest is having more local news reporting on local media; Karen
Gariepy, the City Program Facilitator for the Community Action on Crime
Prevention; Constable Scott Haggerty, the Community Crime Prevention Officer
for the Grande Prairie RCMP.
2240 It
is the intention of Sun Country to add three or four additional members to the community
advisory board. We will seek a youth
member, someone to represent the arts community and other areas of importance
that the committee may recommend itself.
Sun Country is committed to connecting with the Grande Prairie
community.
2241 I
would now like to introduce one of the members of our community advisory board,
Elder Angie Crerar.
2242 MS
CRERAR: Thank you, Walter.
2243 I
am happy to be here today in support of the Sun Country FM radio application
for Grande Prairie. I am impressed with
Sun Country's interest and commitment to advance the interests of the
Aboriginal community of Grande Prairie and region. I am honoured to be a member of the Sun
Country Radio community advisory board.
I can assure the CRTC that I will advance the interests of the
Aboriginal community and I will also work to advance a positive relationship
between the Aboriginals and the non‑Aboriginals. I look forward to my role on Sun Country's
Community Advisory Board. Thank you.
2244 MR.
POUND: We at Sun Country are a small
group of experienced and passionate broadcasters who believe in local community
radio, the kind of radio that listeners and advertisers alike trust. We want to bring diversity and grassroots
radio to Grande Prairie. We are
committed to using our knowledge, experience and passion for local radio in
creating a new corporate citizen that the community of Grande Prairie can be
proud of.
2245 Thank
you for your attention. We are available
for questions.
2246 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you, Mr. Pound. Could I draw your attention to your page 9 of
your presentation this morning? You said
that the blended music mix will average a minimum of 35 per cent Canadian
content and you added that it will be 40 per cent for new rock music. Am I right?
2247 MR.
POUND: Yes, that is correct.
2248 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Was it part of the
application or it is something that you just added on this morning?
2249 MR.
POUND: Sorry?
2250 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Was it part of the
application per se or is it something that you added this morning while you
were making ‑‑
2251 MR.
POUND: We were clarifying that
segment. Part of our application said 35
per cent and the segment of the ‑‑ said more than 35 per cent
actually ‑‑ was clarifying that the new music portion of that
format would exceed 40 per cent.
2252 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Because I also noticed that
throughout the presentation ‑‑ not throughout the
presentation, but in some instances you added some information that were not in
your written oral presentation ‑‑ to say written oral
presentation, but.. But the things that
you have added are also all part of the written submission?
2253 MR.
POUND: Yes ‑‑
2254 THE
CHAIRPERSON: They were, okay.
2255 MR.
POUND: ‑‑ and support letters to support that too.
2256 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Fine. I am asking Commissioner Williams to ask the
questions.
2257 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Good morning, Mr. Pound and
Sun Country panel.
2258 Would
you like the questions addressed through yourself, Mr. Pound, or through your
General Manager?
2259 MR.
POUND: Probably direct them to me and I
will redirect them through the panel.
2260 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Okay, thank you. Well, we will begin in the area of gaining a
better understanding of your proposed music format and how it differs from the
other competing classic rock, classic hits and soft AC formats being offered
and then specifically looking for why your proposed format would best provide
Grande Prairie adult males, 25 to 44, with a superior level of programming
diversity.
2261 Nine
of the 10 competing Grande Prairie radio applications, including yours, are
proposing to serve the Grande Prairie market with mainstream commercial FM
music formats. These formats are, in
broad terms, classic rock, classic hits and soft AC adult contemporary. As is the case with your application, most
have identified adult male listeners in the 25 to 54 age group as being
underserved by the two incumbent stations in the market. As an applicant in the competitive process,
we assume that you have reviewed the other applications.
2262 You
have identified the 25 to 44‑year old male listener as the core audience
group you would target with your proposed blended classic rock/new rock format
and contend that this is the principal audience group that is underserved by
the existing Grande Prairie radio stations.
2263 I
am curious about Grande Prairie's adult female listeners in the general 25 to
54 age group, and I am curious in a professional not a personal way. Would you also characterize women in either
age group as being underserved in the current market or do you feel their needs
are being met by either the existing CHR station, the country station, or
perhaps even an out‑of‑market station?
2264 MR.
POUND: I think our response in that area
is, a general response first of all, the market is underserved with quality
radio and the diversity of formats. Your specific question is in regard to the
female members of the marketplace. No, I
don't think they are being properly served entirely. There is a real opportunity to bring quality
radio. In this case, when you look in
our application, find the format finder, you will see the various targets that
they identified. And the format that we
are proposing, the classic rock format, although it does skew slightly to the
male side, it does offer full coverage to male and female and I think they will
be properly served.
2265 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Concerning your proposed
format, could you explain to us why you feel your format rather than say classic
hits, soft AC or even a gospel music format would be the better choice of
format to serve the Grande Prairie market?
2266 MR.
POUND: Again, I will refer back to the
format finder. We spent quite a bit of
time researching the market to determine what was most applicable and would be
best received in the marketplace. And as
you have heard from other applicants already and you will hear from more
applicants as we go forward, generally everybody has targeted that format with
skews to the left or skews to the right.
I think that supports our view on it too. We will probably get into this question, if
there are more than two applicants we have some views on that too.
2267 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: I am sure you appreciate that
there are five other applicants proposing the same format as we have just been
discussing. While you provided some
additional format information in your presentation, I wonder if you can expand
that information. What, in your opinion,
are the compelling differences, if any, between your proposed format and the
five other classic rock type formats that would make your format the best
choice to add programming and musical diversity to the market? What sets your programming above and beyond
the others?
2268 MR.
POUND: I think our format goes beyond
music. Our format, as alluded to earlier
yesterday, is a lifestyle. In our
experience in the various communities we have worked radio in British
Columbia. Radio stations were much more
than music. Music became the cement or
the mortar of building the brick or the wall of the radio station. The strength of our format targets a
marketplace of a young vibrant community that is active and growing and are
looking for that niche, if you like, that music mix that they are currently not
receiving.
2269 We
feel that the execution of the format that we will bring to the community,
supported with the commitment to quality talent, will set us apart from any
other broadcaster.
2270 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: And I am interested, why a
blended classic as opposed to a pure format?
Why have you chosen a blended classic rock/new rock format rather than
either a pure classic rock format or pure album‑oriented rock format?
2271 MR.
POUND: Again, we think it best serves
the market. It is a complementary
format, the new music and the classic rock.
It was touched on about the energy involvement, that is it exactly. Although it is a little out of the form, I
will share the story. My youngest son,
17, just graduated and the high school theme was The Carpenters We've Only Just
Begun, which is quite a stretch for a 17‑year old and their peer
group. But that is the identity that
this music format stretches. It goes
from ourselves all the way down to the 17‑year old and those are the two
extreme ends of that format. But by
mixing the new music with the classic rock you get a perfect blend, in our
view, that the market wants to hear.
2272 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Okay, thank you. We will now move into the area of spoken
word. In your March 30, 2006 deficiency
response you provided us with a well‑documented breakdown outlining the
level of scripted spoken word you proposed to offer on your station. However, it would be helpful to get some idea
as to the level of non‑scripted spoken word that you would offer. By non‑scripted I am referring to
things such as announcer talk and such.
As an average estimate, how many hours of non‑scripted spoken word
do you anticipate on this station?
2273 MR.
POUND: Well, maybe I can really cover
all the spoken word. I will start with
the news‑related surveillance. We
have 313 minutes committed, about five hours, that is news and sports of about
206 minutes per week, those are 58 newscasts approximately three minutes in
length. They will air between 6:00 a.m.
and 6:00 p.m. Monday to Friday, and between 7:00 a.m. and 1:00 p.m. Saturday
and Sunday.
2274 We
have weather news, 29 minutes per week of weather. And then weather surveillance, 63 minutes per
week of weather, that would be 126 forecasts.
Road information is very critical in the area. We have allocated 15 minutes per week there. And this is specifically answering your
question now, general interest of spoken word is 316 minutes: 10 minutes would be our First Nations update,
it is a five‑minute program airing twice a week; 30 minutes would be the
Local Heroes salute to local coaches and volunteers; 150 minutes would be our
community service free air time that we talked about for service groups and
charities, 60 seconds, once per hour, seven days a week; 21 minutes a program
called Black Gold, weekly feature on the oil patch, a 60‑second feature
running 21 times per week; an agriculture program, 60‑second feature 21
times per week, 21 minutes; we have 63 minutes in music‑related features,
this is the announcer prep regarding music particularly, this doesn't cover
music this covers the spoken word portion; and 21 minutes of additional
announcer, if you like, soapbox or local events comments.
2275 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Thank you. Your answers contain as much information as
the preamble to some of the CRTC's questions, so you may see a bit of overlap
in some of the questions that are following this and some of that is because of
the completeness of your answer to this first question. So if you can just bear with us as we work
our way through.
2276 In
your March 30 deficiency response that your general interest scripted word
program would focus on such things as local events, oil, agriculture, charity,
non‑profit, something you call soapbox commentary, that the programming
would account for four hours of spoken word per week. Would you provide us with more details on the
type of content you would provide in these programs or duration and how they
would be scheduled? And I think this is
one of those questions that falls into that category, so if there is anything
more that you haven't covered that you wish to add you are certainly free to do
so now, okay.
2277 You
have provided a programming grid on page 95 of your application that detailed
the level of live versus automated programming to be offered on the proposed
station. We have recalculated your
numbers to reflect live and automated programming levels over the regulated 126‑hour
broadcast. We can see that you would
offer 72 hours per week of what you term live programming and 54 hours per week
of what you term automated programming.
What do you mean by the term automated programming?
2278 MR.
POUND: Those would be the voice tracked
pre‑recorded announcer inserts on the rotation of the music.
2279 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: And would that music be fully
automated music programming?
2280 MR.
POUND: Yes, it would be.
2281 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: You said your station would
provide a local service that would cater to what you described as the
underserved 25 to 44 male listener of Grande Prairie. However, as a local service you have decided
to offer automated programming from 6:00 p.m. until midnight Monday to Friday
accounting for 30 hours of programming.
As well, with the exception of eight hours of live programming on
Saturday between 10:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. and four hours of live on Sunday
between 10:00 and 2:00, you would also offer 24 hours of automated programming
over the weekend. Would you elaborate on
your ‑‑ what is your thinking behind this programming
decision?
2282 MR.
POUND: I mean it is a combination of
economic and serving the community. As
we indicated, we will expand that as quickly as economically feasible, because
our belief historically in any market that we have operated radio stations
before is it has been 24 hours live as opposed to the automation. But I think the automation in the radio
industry has become a factor of economics and we have taken a conservative
approach to our application in that area to make sure that we are effective
when we start out or turn on the radio station, if you like. As events happen, if there was a Kelowna
fire, as an example, our radio station would be live immediately no matter what
time that would be. But as laid out in
our application, that is our intent at this moment.
2283 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Okay thank you, Mr.
Pound. On page 98 of your application
you provide a news grid that outlines a scheduling duration and number of
newscasts you will offer on the proposed station. You indicate a total of 202 minutes of news
content which mirrors the figure you provided in your March 30 deficiency.
2284 I
see that of this 202 minutes no newscasts are scheduled between 6:00 and
midnight on any day of the week and only 36 minutes of news programming is
scheduled over the entire weekend. Concerning
the weekend newscasts, I see it is all scheduled in the morning with nothing
scheduled over the 12 hour period from noon until midnight. Again, could you give us a bit more
information on how you reached this programming decision?
2285 MR.
POUND: That is correct and, again, it is
based on a conservative approach on available staff. We have targeted the key areas of presenting
news. We are committed, as I touched on
moments ago, should significant news happen we will be live at any period
during the day, I mean that becomes the mandate of our three members of the
news department who get the call and have to be active very quickly. We are committed to that as part of the
community involvement. But, as outlined,
we are live between 6:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. Monday to Friday and are live 7:00
a.m. to 7:00 p.m. Saturday and Sunday in our newsroom.
2286 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: And these people are on
standby or on call or..?
2287 MR.
POUND: Absolutely, Blackberries, cell
phones, whatever ‑‑
2288 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Okay.
2289 MR.
POUND: ‑‑ they will be available immediately.
2290 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Back to your news grid for a
moment. Where does the related
surveillance material such as the 60 minutes of weather and 15 minutes of road
information per week fit into this grid?
Is it scheduled to follow the newscasts or will this information be
scheduled at other times of the day and, if so, when and would any of this be
available on the weekends during the timeslots we have been talking about?
2291 MR.
POUND: Yes, it would be. Part of that, as we touched on before, part
of that information presented is the announcer also. The 206 minutes per week run Monday to Friday
as the times outlined, 6:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m.
Saturday and Sunday. Those are the news,
sports, weather. The weather news itself
runs 29 minutes per week. The weather
surveillance is part of the announcer's presentation and our road reports are
scheduled during the Monday to Saturday live period also.
2292 COMMISSIONER: During your 54 hours of automated programming
what provisions and mechanisms would you have in place to go live to air with
special news and information programming such as weather warnings, emergency
measures and that sort of information?
2293 MR.
POUND: Yes, that is very very important
for our radio station as, again, touching on our people are on call
immediately. Winter storms, blizzards,
if you spend anytime in Grande Prairie, can be tremendous.
2294 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: So who contacts them, how are
they contacted?
2295 MR.
POUND: It becomes a management
decision. Just like you have an
emergency plan in a company, if something happens here are the steps that you
go through to make sure things are taken care of.
2296 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Okay, so let us say it is
January of any given year and you have a blizzard. I guess your General Manager has looked out
the window and he sees there is a blizzard and he will start phoning
people? I am just trying to figure out
how it would work.
2297 MR.
POUND: Sure, I mean as you know there is
some anticipation of severe weather and that, just like you have planned your
programming day, you start to anticipate and then you have a plan in place to
deal with those emergency situations. In
situations, of course Prairie folks when we have been in the winter, we know
that in some cases roads are cut off, in some cases people need to communicate
to other people and they can't. On the
rare occasion there is no communication and the radio station is the only
communication available. That is the
important role that our community station will take.
2298 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Okay, thank you. Are there any challenges you face in creating
relevant spoken word and news content to meet the needs of your target audience
and, if so, what might they be and what specific plans do you have in place to
serve them?
2299 MR.
POUND: Well 63 minutes of that 316
minutes of general interest spoken word are the responsibility of the
announcers preparing their programs and they are focused on the music format
relating to artists' events in that music genre. But there is also 21 minutes of that spoken
word content. Again, it is the
responsibility of the announcer, which may touch on the music but certainly
would touch on the lifestyle of our audience, whether it be local events going
on related to our audience or commentary on entertainment news environment,
that is how we would communicate to them.
2300 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: We will move into your
contributions to talent. In your March
30, 2006 deficiency response you indicated that in addition to the $20,000
annual direct expenditure commitments Sun Country would contribute an
additional $3,000 as required as a participant in the CAB CTD plan. For the public record, would you confirm that
by condition of licence your proposed annual CTD expenditures would total
$23,000 and, by extension, your CTD commitment over seven consecutive broadcast
years would total $161,000?
2301 MR.
POUND: Our cash support, as we outlined,
will be $231,000. The $3,000 that you
are referring to we would direct to the ARIA, the Alberta Recording Industries
Association.
2302 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Right, as per your opening
remarks.
2303 MR.
POUND: That is right. If you like, I can go through the rest of it
or we can wait for another question.
2304 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Sure, well maybe I will work
through it and that way we will get all of the information on the record that
we might otherwise miss.
2305 What
measures, if any, will Sun Country have in place to ensure that the annual
$5,000 grand prize will be used by the winning artist or band to underwrite
studio time as stipulated in your application?
2306 MR.
POUND: That is part of the role of our
community advisory board. As we talked
about, Mr. Neil MacGonigill will be our Canadian Talent Coordinator. Neil and I go back a long time, we started
our broadcasts careers together. He
moved towards the music industry and I moved towards playing the music that he
developed in the music industry. So the
radio station itself will have an arms‑length approach to something like
that, we won't make the final judgement, we will supply the funding.
2307 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: What type of recorded material
do you expect as a result of this initiative?
Are we talking about a master recording or the winning song or something
else?
2308 MR.
POUND: It would be our intent to have a
CD or what I used to call an album out of that, but we certainly would give
exposure on our radio station and encourage other radio stations to do the
same.
2309 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Will it be in a current
rotation category this new song?
2310 MR.
POUND: That would be the intent, but we
wouldn't deny the opportunity of local talent in another ‑‑ in
a folk area, in a soft rock area, in a country area. We will make time available within our format
to profile and highlight that local Canadian talent.
2311 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: How long would it be in your
rotation?
2312 MR.
POUND: I am sorry?
2313 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: How long do you anticipate Sun
Country would keep the winning song in a current rotation? Are we talking weeks or a couple months or..?
2314 MR.
POUND: It would always be part of the
format, it would not disappear. It would
take a higher rotation, obviously, closer to the event and it would be profiled
with more than just a rotation experience.
As a three‑month period perhaps it would fall back into a lesser
rotation, but it will always be part of our library.
2315 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Okay, thank you. Based on the total hours tuned estimates for
your proposed service you expect to generate nearly 200,000 hours of audience
tuning in year one, which represents approximately 13 per cent of the total
hours tuned in the Grande Prairie market.
What factors lead you to believe that this is a large enough audience to
sustain your business plan?
2316 MR.
POUND: I will pass that to Mr. East and
then to Mr. Brundige.
2317 MR.
EAST: Let us go straight to Mr.
Brundige.
2318 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Mr. Brundige.
2319 MR.
BRUNDIGE: I expect that the station will
have roughly a 28 share of the audience in the City of Grande Prairie, in the
County of Grande Prairie. And that would
indicate to me that somehow those numbers don't match up.
2320 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Okay, we can check that. Can you tell me a bit about your economic
analysis and research, Mr. Brundige?
Some of the other applicants like Hunsperger interviewed 300, Newcap
250, O.K. 403, Bear Creek 400. What was
the sample size of your research data?
2321 MR.
BRUNDIGE: I did not do the research that
way. Mr. Foot did the interviews. I did a study based on the retail trade
available in the County of Grande Prairie.
2322 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: That is the 43 business owners
and managers?
2323 MR.
BRUNDIGE: No, no, no. Mr. Foot dealt with those people.
2324 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Okay.
2325 MR.
BRUNDIGE: Do you want me to continue on
with what I did?
2326 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Yes please.
2327 MR.
BRUNDIGE: So I took the retail sales
from Canadian markets and then projected a percentage of that number as the
radio market for Grande Prairie. Then I
got Stats Canada to give me a special run on radio revenue in a defined area of
northern Alberta and worked out a per capita amount of spending on radio
advertising and applied that to the Grande Prairie market. The numbers came in roughly $60,000 apart,
one being slightly under $5 million and the other one being slightly over $5
million. Then I went and did a visit to
the market, I talked to various individuals in the market. I am sorry I couldn't give you a list on it,
because I was not doing what Mr. Foot ‑‑
2328 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: That is fine.
2329 MR.
BRUNDIGE: ‑‑ was doing.
However, I came away from that visit convinced that the $5 million for
2004 that I had arrived at was low and that it would be considerably higher,
probably in the $6 million for 2004. As
you have heard today and as I have heard today and as I have heard today, the market
since 2004 has grown explosively so we are left with a very very conservative
revenue projection.
2330 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Okay. Based on your experience and the work that
you have done, how many new radio stations do you believe Grande Prairie could
support at this time?
2331 MR.
BRUNDIGE: I am sorry, who did you direct
that question to?
2332 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Mr. Brundige, sorry, I was
still ‑‑
2333 MR.
BRUNDIGE: Well, I think I will pass that
question onto Mr. Pound.
2334 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Okay, Mr. Pound.
2335 MR.
POUND: Well, in light of the news that
came forward yesterday, I think the market can quite comfortably support two
new radio stations.
2336 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Okay, so it could quite easily
support two new radio stations. And if
we were to licence one of the incumbents and an independent or two incumbents
or two independents, which would be the preferred licensing scenario from your
perspective for the Grande Prairie market?
2337 MR.
POUND: If we were able to influence the
decision we would encourage two independents.
We think that brings more diversity to the marketplace, it creates more
competition, it gets everybody focused.
In our history of broadcast radio enterprises that we have done we
thrive in competition. We look forward
to a challenge.
2338 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Okay, thank you. In the event the Commission decides not to
licence you for the frequency for which you have applied, have you considered
the use of another frequency? If yes,
which one and, if no, why not?
2339 MR.
POUND: Mr. Gray will respond to that.
2340 MR.
GRAY: It is of course only in recent
months it became quite evident to us that there was the very real possibility
there could be two licences granted, so obviously we had to look at where we
might go should our frequency be awarded as well as us. And we are convinced and we have confirmed
with our consultant from DEM Allen & Associates that in fact the frequency
allocation situation in Grande Prairie is really not an issue. I think we have already heard some of the
applicants suggest that there are three, four, possibly even more for
opportunity, so ‑‑
2341 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: So any one of these
opportunities would be capable of meeting your coverage ‑‑
2342 MR.
GRAY: Yes, yes.
2343 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: ‑‑ objectives and would have no negative impact on
your business plan?
2344 MR.
GRAY: No.
2345 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Okay, I think that concludes
my questioning, Mr. Chair. Thank you
very much.
2346 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you, Mr. Williams.
2347 This
morning in your oral presentation and again in answering to a question from
Commissioner Williams you mentioned that your CTD cash commitments were
$231,000. The information that we have
recorded amounts to $161,000, as Mr. Williams mentioned to you. Could you, for our benefit, layout what are
those commitments?
2348 MR.
POUND: Yes, thank you. Five thousand dollar is the annual music
scholarship to attend the Grande Prairie College fine arts music program. And again, our community advisory board, in
association with the college will adjudicate and determine where that money
goes, to what individual. Five thousand
dollars annual talent search program, $2,500 goes directly to the first prize
winner, $1,500 to the second prize winner and $1,000 to the third prize winner.
2349 We
have budgeted $10,000 in local grants to support new Canadian songwriter, song
singer performers to gain exposure in live performance and that is where the
assistance of Mr. MacGonigill and our community advisory board will be, to
adjudicate and evaluate those. Ten
thousand dollars in the annual business of music seminars. This is annual seminar, again under the
direction of MacGonigill will help new Canadian talent understand the business
side of music.
2350 We
will put on a workshop and bring the industry professionals to the community of
Grande Prairie. So that they have an
opportunity to learn from people who have been in the business. And really the key of this is it is the
business of music, how to sign a contract, what to anticipate in a contract,
what the experiences are on the road, how to budget accordingly, areas that
they can share of their past experience to these new budding performers. I think that is an overlooked area. And of course, the $3,000 annual contribution
to the Alberta Recording Industries Association.
2351 We
are very committed that the money for the Canadian talent support comes out of
the community as part of our broadcast facility and we are very passionate
about the fact that it should go back into the community and on a secondary
basis back into the region.
2352 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Staff has it recorded, your
business, $10,000 that you are allocating to the business seminar. Is it a new initiative that you are
introducing today or was it really part of your application? And if it was part of your application,
where ‑‑ on which pages of the application will I find the
information?
2353 MR.
POUND: It came out of the conversation
in talking to Neil of making this commitment in our application. This is new in our Canadian talent. But you will see it identified in our support
areas.
2354 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Okay, I have Commissioner
Cugini who wants to ask a few questions.
2355 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Good morning. I just want to ask you a couple of questions
on your format, classic rock versus new rock.
You mean new rock as opposed to alternative rock music?
2356 MR.
POUND: Yes, we do.
2357 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: And will these be scheduled in
day parts or will the new rock be scattered throughout the day?
2358 MR.
POUND: It is all part of the mix.
2359 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: And the difference between the
classic rock and the new rock, other than the era, is there also a difference
in the artists that you will play? In
other words, will we hear a Rolling Stones song in the classic rock and then
their latest release and that will be considered a new rock song, or will you
be introducing new artists in the new rock category?
2360 MR.
POUND: It will be principally new
artists because of the growth in that area of the music industry, but it will
feature a Rolling Stones new song. It is
new music, current music is probably a more apt description as opposed to what
you were calling it, alternative rock, as a category description. It is new music.
2361 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: And in terms of your reflection
of the Aboriginal community, will that include playing Aboriginal rock music?
2362 MR.
POUND: Absolutely. We would encourage that if it is
available. The support of Elder Angie
and her direction, so that we can connect to that Aboriginal community. That was the reason that we invited her to be
part of our community advisory board so that we did have that connect.
2363 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Thank you. Thank you, Mr. Chair, those are my questions.
2364 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Mrs. Cram.
2365 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: I want to go back to the CTD and I
confess, I am confused and I think we all are.
If I can take you to 5.5 of your supplementary brief. By my numbering it is 18‑Z‑4 and
5. Have you found it? Supplementary brief 5.5.
2366 And
I read that, and maybe it was amended, as saying you would be providing $20,000
per year cash commitment.
2367 MR.
POUND: Is there a page number on the top
right?
2368 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: It says 18‑Z‑4.
2369 MR.
POUND: Yes.
2370 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: You have it? And 18‑Z‑5, both say your CTD
would consist of $20,000 per year cash.
2371 MR.
POUND: Yes.
2372 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: There is no reference
whatsoever ‑‑ there is reference to the $5,000 scholarship,
the talent search $5,000, and $10,000 to local musicians, singers and
bands ‑‑ there is no reference to the $10,000 for the business
side of music seminars.
2373 MR.
POUND: That is correct.
2374 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: And there is no reference to the
$3,000 a year for ARIA?
2375 MR.
POUND: It is referenced in the
deficiency letter where we were asked is the $3,000 inclusive of the $20,000 or
external ‑‑ that may not be the right wording ‑‑
and we responded it is external to it and we would ‑‑
2376 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Can you tell me what page that is
on your deficiency letter? Maybe I can
direct you to paragraph 6 or question 6, March 30 letter. You have it?
2377 MR.
HALL: Yes.
2378 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Okay, what that says is you will
pay the $20,000 cash but it does not include the small market contribution as a
participant in the CAB CTD plan.
2379 THE
SECRETARY: Can you please turn on your
microphone when you are answering, you know, for us to have the benefit of
the ‑‑ for the transcript.
If you could just have your microphone turned on when you are answering
the questions, so that we can have it for the benefit of the transcript, thank
you.
2380 MR.
POUND: Sorry.
2381 THE
SECRETARY: That is okay.
2382 MR.
POUND: Yes, the CAB Canadian talent plan
and in that Canadian talent plan is a list of where the authorized or accepted,
I guess is a better word, participants in that Canadian talent money and we
allocate it to the Alberta Recording Industries Association. We did not identify the Alberta Recording
Industries there.
2383 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Yes. You will agree with the that the public
record, which is what the competitors have to compete with, there is no mention
of ARIA?
2384 MR.
POUND: Correct.
2385 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: And you will agree with me that
the competitors had no notice whatsoever that you were going to give $10,000 to
the those business seminars?
2386 MR.
POUND: Correct.
2387 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: And you agree with me that this is
a competitive process?
2388 MR.
POUND: Yes, I do.
2389 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: You amended your application and
in your amended application at 7.2, if you can find that, in your March 30
letter, you amended your..
2390 MR.
HALL: Question ‑‑
2391 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Have you got it?
2392 MR.
HALL ‑‑ 7?
2393 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: 7.2, it is Canadian Talent
Development.
2394 MR.
HALL: And that is the March 16 letter?
2395 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Yes. You have it, 7.2? It is the amended application that you filed
with your deficiency letter.
2396 MR.
HALL: On the March 16 letter I have just
seven under programming.
2397 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Yes, and then keep going down the
page. Okay, by my numbering ‑‑
the numbering on the page it is 92, page 92. Does that help you?
2398 MR.
HALL: No, I don't know what..
2399 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: You can't find it?
2400 MR.
HALL: No, I can't.
2401 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Okay. I then wanted to talk about your 313 minutes
of news, sports and weather as you said in your talk today at page 12. And I was looking at the file on page 98 of
the file, and I hope you can find that, it is the grid, the news grid, and it
says 206 minutes for 58 newscasts. Is
the difference between the 206 minutes and the 313 minutes that you mentioned
today those surveillance and road reports that you were referring to with my
colleague, Commissioner Williams? I am
sorry, have you not found the news grid?
2402 MR.
HALL: The news grid is right there. Yes, 206 minutes.
2403 MR.
POUND: The 206 minutes is our 58
newscasts, approximately three minutes that are being aired between 6:00 a.m.
and 6:00 p.m. Monday to Friday and between 7:00 a.m. and 1:00 p.m. Saturday and
Sunday.
2404 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Okay, that is the 206 minutes,
right?
2405 MR.
POUND: Correct.
2406 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: So what is the difference between
the 206 and the 313 of news, sports and weather that you spoke of today?
2407 MR.
POUND: Road reports 15 minutes per week,
the weather surveillance 63 minutes per week, 126 forecasts, the weather news,
which is your extended forecast, 29 minutes per week of weather news.
2408 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Okay. So really ‑‑ and this 206
minutes, when you say news on page 98, you mean news, weather, sports?
2409 MR.
POUND: Yes. Three minutes of news, approximately a minute
of sports and 30 seconds of weather.
2410 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Okay. So if I were what I would say comparing
apples to apples, when the other applicants are referring to their newscasts, I
would be comparing 206 minutes versus what the other ones are saying were their
newscasts?
2411 MR.
POUND: I would agree.
2412 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Okay, thank you very much. Thank you, Mr. Chair.
2413 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Mr. Langford.
2414 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Thank you, Mr. Chairman.
2415 I
too have a fairly simple question of clarification and it may just be that I
misheard you but it is better, rather than wait for the transcript, to get it
on the record. As I understood your
projected audience for your service, for your new service, on page 29 of the
Carat market study you projected an audience of 10.7 per cent for year one
rising to 15.1 per cent by year seven and that would be for all persons 12
plus. I thought, however, that in
response to Commission Williams' question you predicted a 28 per cent share by
year seven. Now, I may have heard that
wrong, but I think that is worth clarifying.
2416 MR.
POUND: I will pass that to Mr. Brundige.
2417 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Thank you.
2418 MR.
BRUNDIGE: Does the Kerat study become part
of the application?
2419 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Well it is now, it is filed to
support the application and, to be very clear, I have year one at 10.7 per
cent, year two at 12.3 per cent, year three at 13.9 per cent, year four at
14.2, year five 14.5, year six 14.8, year seven 15.1. But the number I thought I heard this morning
was 28 per cent which would be, I think you would agree, a considerable
improvement on 15.1. So I just want to
make sure that we have a clear record on this.
2420 MR.
BRUNDIGE: The 28 per cent is what we
believe the format will deliver.
2421 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Sorry, could you repeat that?
2422 MR.
BRUNDIGE: The 28 share is what we
believe the format will deliver.
2423 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay, so you have got to help
me here. You are basically saying the
Kerat study was the Kerat study, but having had time to reflect on the entire
context of this application you would like to state that you foresee a 28 per cent
share?
2424 MR.
BRUNDIGE: That is correct.
2425 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: And can you give me any idea
kind of what elements sort of ‑‑ I mean it is just ‑‑
2426 MR.
BRUNDIGE: How did I get there?
2427 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: ‑‑ right up there with St. Paul on the road to
Damascus, you know. This is a huge
conversion, you have almost doubled your projections. Can you give us some help to understand that?
2428 MR.
BRUNDIGE: Yes, I can. I came on board with Sun Country after the
Kerat study was done. What I did in
doing the audience projections was that I looked at Brandon, Lethbridge and
Prince George where you had small to medium sized markets with rock stations in
the marketplace. I looked at what share
those stations had. I then did some,
which I must admit is subjective, juggling and poking at it, and then applied
the share points to the population of Grande Prairie. And I arrived at a number ‑‑
of course, when you are doing this kind of work you are really not going to
wind up with a number, you are going to wind up with a range ‑‑
and I wound up with a range of between 25 and 30 as the share that could be
expected for this format.
2429 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay, I wonder if I could
pursue that with you for a moment, and you may want to get back to me on these
numbers and that is fair. Did you arrive
at that 28 share based on only one new service being licensed?
2430 MR.
BRUNDIGE: Yes, I did.
2431 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Now here is a series of
scenarios for you and, as I say, if you want to get back to us in Phase 3 that
is fine. I would like to have your
reaction to the notion of two commercial being licensed, your reaction to two
commercial plus the speciality gospel station being licensed and your reaction
to three commercial being licensed. And
of course, the good news is you would be one of anyone of those scenarios. But I would think the 28 figure may change,
but I leave with you if you want to get back to us on that, that is perfectly
all right and you can do that in Phase 3.
2432 MR.
POUND: Just for clarification, you are
looking in the context of share of market?
2433 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Yes.
2434 MR.
POUND: Okay.
2435 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: You might also, if you want
to, indicate whether you think that would have a major impact on your business
plan, you can throw that in too. I mean,
because all the information is relevant to us trying to decide first of all
what is ‑‑ you know, we have to figure out what is good for
the market, what is good for you, we don't want to put you in an.. It is no fun to licence someone and watch
them die, this is not where we get our pleasure. And we get no pleasure out of watching
incumbents go down the tubes either. So
if you have any views on that at the same time, if you want to share those with
us, that would be fine.
2436 MR.
BRUNDIGE: Commissioner Langford, I would
like to ask you one question or make a comment about what you have asked us to
do.
2437 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Usually we ask the questions,
but all right I will give you a chance.
2438 MR.
BRUNDIGE: I am well aware of that,
sir. In looking at two commercial plus
the gospel, two commercial and three commercial, the share that can be
projected out of that scenario is very very dependent on what the incumbents do
to shuffle their formats compared with what the new stations are doing. And I would like to ask you if you would
accept an answer for each one of those scenarios that gave you a range?
2439 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Absolutely. I understand that, you know, we don't have
any Harry Potters here, this isn't divination class or something.
2440 MR.
BRUNDIGE: Yes.
2441 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So sure, as close as you can
come to help us to understand what happens with us on different scenarios. Because I am interested to see here that
coming on board late, sir, you have looked at 15 and practically doubled it
because you are saying no, no, no, you know, I understand this market
differently. So obviously, it is very
tempting to for us to want to pick your brain and your experience and say well
help us understand the sort of fallout that might come from different
scenarios. And if you could share that
with us in Phase 3 that would be very very helpful.
2442 MR.
BRUNDIGE: No problem.
2443 MR
POUND: If I could add a comment to your
overall question?
2444 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Absolutely.
2445 MR.
POUND: We have operated radio stations
at times when interest rates were 20 per cent and employment or unemployment,
depending on what side of the fence you are on I guess, has been as high as 17
per cent. We know how to operate in a
very tight economic environment without taking the salt off the popcorn, if you
like. And we are prepared to operate in
that environment, if need be, to bring good radio to Grande Prairie.
2446 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Well, I appreciate that and
you will have two more phases in which to kind of make that statement as you
begin to, you know, understand more of what your competitors are saying. And I think by now people ‑‑
anybody who hasn't figured out the line of questioning coming off this panel by
now maybe should be starting with a paper route rather than a radio
station. But any guidance you can give
us would be gratefully received.
2447 MR.
EAST: I wonder if I ‑‑
2448 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Those are my questions, Mr.
Chair.
2449 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you, Mr.
Langford. Do you want to add something,
Mr. East?
2450 MR.
EAST: Yes, I do. I just wanted to clarify the differences of
the numbers that Mr. Langford has brought up.
What we did in gathering our statistics is we retained Mr. Brundige, we
retained Mr. Foot, we retained the Kerat company to do their work for us and
whatever they came up with is what we have filed with you. So that is the difference and so it is in
there to be noticed as a difference.
2451 Now,
speaking specifically of the Ceret, we also had them do a financial segment for
us. And while there were some of these
differences that we had on the programming side, on the revenue side they
projected something like $700,000 in the first year and we said no, no, we
can't accept that, we don't want to put that in our brief at all, so what have
you done possibly wrong. And they come
back and said no, statistically was where they approached their numbers from,
statistically that is what the market should do. So their revenue numbers are not in there,
but their programming numbers are and they are somewhat different in areas
compared to what we finalized for ourselves.
2452 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Well then it is my guess, that
though we have given you a little homework, you should welcome the opportunity
to straighten this out.
2453 MR.
EAST: Right, love homework.
2454 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Thank you.
2455 MR.
GRAY: Mr. Langford, if I can comment, we
do appreciate that opportunity. What
happened and that was the sequence of events that Mr. East provided to you, we
simply looked at the Kerat report to do with the financial thing and chose not
to include it, because clearly on that basis why would we even apply. They were clearly wrong, this was Grande
Prairie, not somewhere else.
2456 However,
as far as the information you do have on file, it was filed because clearly
they nailed the format, they knew where the void was, we agreed with that, we
simply did not agree with the share and that is why you and Mr. Brundige are
having the exchange you are. So the
opportunity you have now given us is appreciated and we will get that
clarified. But it is rather interesting
because in this case Kerat, the consultant, we got their information and
usually you pay them for things you don't know, but the experienced
broadcasters at this table simply said the client knows more than the
consultant.
2457 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: That is why we are licensing
you folks maybe and not Kerat ever.
2458 MR.
GRAY: Thank you for the licence.
2459 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Check the word maybe.
2460 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Mr. Pound, you are going to
have a community advisory board and there were no discussions whatsoever about
your.. But could you give, in a few
strokes, give me its mandate and how often they will be meeting and to whom
they are going to be reporting and is it a consultative board or is it a board
that makes decisions or whatever?
2461 MR.
POUND: Thank you. I will pass that answer to Mr. Gray.
2462 MR
GRAY: Thank you, Mr. Arpin.
2463 First
of all, I would like to mention that the notion of the community advisory board
is on the record and it will be found in at least one of the letters of support
and it would find its way onto the record that way, because we obviously talked
to community leaders and it was really in the community of Grande Prairie
itself that the idea came up.
2464 We
as broadcasters were aware that they do exist.
We are also aware that usually they wind up being window dressing and don't
work. However, we saw a community here
that really understood what it needed and where the void was and where the
services were required. So we do have a draft copy here and I will read them
for the record and I can get a cleaned‑up copy and submit it to the
Secretary so you have it.
2465 So
we have defined here, and we did read off earlier the people that would be on
the advisory board so I won't repeat that, the goals the guidelines for the
community advisory board and there are about eight points. But in answer to your question about is it
just an advisory board or are they a decision‑making board, there are a
couple of areas in here where they wind‑up being third party and do make
the decisions on behalf of the applicant and I will go through them and I will
point that one particular one out as we get to it.
"To recommend to management,
from time to time, opportunities to better serve the Grande Prairie community
and the target radio audience. To
monitor the news and spoken word programming by the station to make sure that
103.3 FM that the station's commitment for fair and balanced news and
information coverage, with a focus on local coverage first, is maintained. To monitor and report to the management team
that in the opinion of the advisory board the overall performance of 103.3 FM
fairly and honestly reflects the geographic, ethnic, cultural and socioeconomic
needs of the Grande Prairie and region citizens. To monitor and recommend fair and sufficient
promotion and radio coverage for local events, organizations and causes."
2466 And
this is the area where they wind‑up without the influence or interference
of management:
"To manage the distribution of
Canadian Talent Development funds where other third parties have not been
designated. To recommend appropriate and
effective programs and initiatives to 103.3 FM to help reduce the problem of
substance abuse in the community."
2467 And
it was in that area that this idea was spawned.
"To recommend to 103.3 FM a
means by which it can assist the RCMP and the City of Grande Prairie Crime
Prevention Coordinator with crime prevention initiatives."
2468 Such
as Hot Cars program and some of those, but we won't go into those at this
moment.
"To monitor and advise 103.3
FM's Children are Champions Charity, the advisory board will review and
recommend organization and individual needs project applications for fund
assistance. To keep minutes and records
of all Grande Prairie community advisory board minutes and to advise and liaise
with the 103.3 FM on community issues and to provide the documents to the
corporation owners and management for consideration and community action."
2469 So
in other words, what they do will be on the record and even the directors who
aren't involved in hands‑on day to day operation will be aware of what is
happening between management of the station and the advisory board. And finally,
"To recommend annually
community members to be board members that best represent the values and goals
of the Grande Prairie community."
2470 So
thank you for the opportunity for giving you more details.
2471 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you very much, Mr.
Gray. I think there is no need to file,
because the recorder took it and so we know where to get the information.
2472 MR.
GRAY: Thank you.
2473 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Before moving, the legal
counsel has a question for you, Mr. Pound.
Where you heard me ask and all my colleagues ask each of the applicants
where will be the ‑‑ well, the target, you identified your
target being 35 to 54, but we have been looking for the median age. So have you had a chance to think about what
will be the median age of your listener?
2474 MR.
POUND: It will be 39.
2475 THE
CHAIRPERSON: It will be 39, and it will
be skewed mostly ‑‑ more towards men than female, but ‑‑
2476 MR.
POUND: That is correct.
2477 THE
CHAIRPERSON: ‑‑ do you have an idea of the ratio, 60/40 or
55/45?
2478 MR.
POUND: Yes I do, I have to just get my
mind wrapped around it. I should have
written it down, it is 70/30.
2479 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Seventy/thirty male. And having the legal counsel..
2480 MS
FISHER: First of all, we just wanted to
thank you for submitting the documents updating the ownership information
concerning Sun Country Cablevision Ltd.
And we note that you filed the Certificate of Incorporation of 572843 Alberta
Ltd., but that the Articles of Incorporation for that company were not
filed. And so we would like to request
that you could please file a copy of the Articles of Incorporation for that
company, excluding the certificate which you have already filed, no later than
June 30?
2481 MR.
POUND: Yes.
2482 MS
FISHER: Thank you. My second question is with respect to the
request from Commissioner Langford and we just wanted to confirm when you could
provide the information on the clarifications regarding the audience share for
us. He has indicated Phase 3 and we
wondered if you could provide that by the end of day today?
2483 MR.
POUND: Yes, we will.
2484 MS
FISHER: Okay, those are my
questions. Thank you, Mr. Chair.
2485 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you. Well, now it is your two‑minute chance
to tell us why you think the Commission should grant you a licence to serve
Grande Prairie.
2486 MR.
POUND: Thank you. Sun Country's application to serve the Grande
Prairie and district community has the financial resources, the extensive
industry experience in community radio and a corporate board of directors with
a proven track record to provide the vision for success that cannot be matched
by any other applicant. We have targeted
the market with the optimum format, classic rock. We bring an independent newsroom to reflect
and report back to Grande Prairie, we bring a new ownership group to the
community. Sun Country brings diversity
and broadcast excellence to Grande Prairie.
2487 Our
new radio station will effectively and continuously connect to Grande Prairie
with the guidance of our community advisory board members. Citizens of Grande Prairie who believe in our
passion and focus to bring outstanding community service and quality radio to
the Peace Country. Sun Country will be
Northern Alberta's most committed advocate of our region's new songwriters,
song singers and performers. Our local
Canadian talent will enjoy the endless opportunities of financial, promotional
and educational support in their budding careers. We propose a realistic business plan based on
sound judgement and successful business experience.
2488 Mr.
Chairman, Commission members, Commission staff, we are proud and passionate
about our application before you today.
We firmly believe our commitment to the CRTC and the citizens of Grande
Prairie are head and shoulders above the rest.
This is our only radio application of available opportunities and it is
for the community and radio listeners of Grande Prairie. Thank you.
2489 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you very much, Mr.
Pound. Thank you to your team. We will take a 10‑minute break and we
will get back to hear the Jim Pattison Group application.
‑‑‑ Upon recessing
at 1115 / Suspension à 1115
‑‑‑ Upon resuming
at 1133 / Reprise à 1133
2490 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Ms Secretary.
2491 THE
SECRETARY: Thank you, Mr. Chairman.
2492 We
will now proceed with Item 7 on the agenda, which is an application by Jim
Pattison Broadcast Group Ltd. (the general partner) and Jim Pattison Industries
Ltd. (the limited partner), carrying on business as Jim Pattison Broadcast
Group Limited Partnership for a licence to operate an English‑language FM
commercial radio programming undertaking in Grande Prairie.
2493 The
new station would operate on frequency 104.7 MHz (channel 284C1) with an
effective radiated power of 100,000 watts (non‑directional
antenna/antenna height of 266.4 metres).
2494 Appearing
for the applicant is Mr. Rick Arnish, who will introduce his colleagues. You will then have 20 minutes for your
presentation. Mr. Arnish.
PRESENTATION / PRÉSENTATION
2495 MR.
ARNISH: Thank you very much, Madam
Secretary.
2496 Good
morning, Mr. Chairman, members of the Commission and Commission staff. Before we begin our presentation this morning
I would like to introduce to you our panel.
2497 My
name is Rick Arnish, President of the Jim Pattison Broadcast Group Limited
Partnership, which is headquartered in Kamloops, B.C. We are very pleased to be here today to
present our application for a new classic rock FM radio station to serve the
City of Grande Prairie, Alberta.
2498 With
me today is our Grande Prairie Alberta Management Team responsible for the day
to day local management of our existing Grande Prairie station, Big Country
93.1 CJXX FM. To my immediate left is
our General Manager, Mr. Ken Norman, who has been working in the Grande Prairie
radio market for 17 years. To his left
is our News Director, Mr. Gord Sharp, who has worked in the Grande Prairie
market for 25 years. To my immediate
right is our Sales Manager, Anne Graham, who has been working at the station
for 17 years.
2499 To
the right of Anne is Kim McKechnie, who is Sales Manager of the Pattison Group
radio stations in Kelowna, B.C.
Immediately behind me is Chris Weafer, our legal counsel from the law
firm of Owen, Bird in Vancouver. To the
left of Chris is Vice‑President, Finance of the Pattison Broadcast Group,
Mr. Bill Dinicol. And to the Chris's
right is Mr. Gerry Siemens, of our Vancouver operations who assisted with the
preparation of our application. We are
now ready to begin our presentation.
2500 The
Jim Pattison Broadcast Group Limited Partnership is a regional player in the
two most western provinces of our country, Alberta and British Columbia. Our group consists of 23 radio and television
stations with all stations located in small markets, except for our two
Vancouver stations and our medium‑sized market station in Kelowna,
B.C. As a small‑market broadcaster
we have made significant commitment to provide top quality local programming,
outstanding local news and information services and a total dedication to be
intertwined in the cities and towns we serve.
The 107 letters of support for our application confirm we have met these
commitments in Grande Prairie.
2501 Our
local stations and staff serve as the voice of their communities. Our broadcast group's public service record,
I am proud to say, speaks for itself and has been recognized by the Canadian
Association of Broadcasters, regional broadcast associations and the RTNDA on a
number of occasions over the years.
2502 The
Jim Pattison Broadcast Group knows how important it is to provide local and
regional reflection. We have local
management in place at all of our stations who make local decisions in the best
interest of the station and the community.
All of our stations' on‑air news and information personnel have a
major commitment to provide local live reflection in these markets as opposed
to networking from a larger centre. Our
mandate is to ensure that our best practices for the marketplace is that of local
programming staffed by live personnel.
2503 In
Grande Prairie we are a standalone FM station in a marketplace competing
against one other standalone FM station.
Our existing station, Big Country CJXX FM is a country music format
designed to serve a broad spectrum of country music listeners, including
teenagers, young adults and a more mature audience. Our competitor station is CFGP FM, a Hot AC
radio station geared to 18 to 49‑year olds.
2504 We
believe, consistent with the Commission's criteria, that a new station for
Grande Prairie must: one, provide a new
music format choice to the market; two, have strong Canadian Talent Development
initiatives and other tangible benefits that contribute in a material way to
the Canadian broadcast system; three, be based on a solid realistic business
plan and have the financial resources of a strong owner to ensure commitments
are met over a seven‑year licence term and beyond; four, have minimal
impact on existing players; and five, be of benefit to the local community.
2505 I
will now turn our presentation over to our Grande Prairie team lead by Ken
Norman.
2506 MR.
NORMAN: Our research clearly indicates
that a major portion of the Grande Prairie radio audience is not being served
by a local FM station playing a unique and distinct format, which is classic
rock. Classic rock has been described as
the Energizer Bunny of radio music. In
market after market research shows classic rock subgenres like older classic
rock Led Zeplin, Jimmy Hendrix, Neil Young, Rush, Chilliwack, Pink Floyd along
with younger classic rock like Van Halen, ZZ Top, BTO, Brian Adams, The Eagles
and the Dooby Brothers consistently rank at or near the top of listeners'
preferences.
2507 While
classic rock has broad‑based appeal, the format has been tested and been
proven to be particularly popular with males 35 years of age and older. The distinct and unique classic rock format
continues to grow across Canada and the United States as our population ages.
2508 In
the last several years classic rock has been one of the top music cluster
choices of 35 to 54 adult males in the radio marketplace. There are a number of contributing factors to
the format's performance, among them is a target demo focus, classic rock
stations have a core audience of men 35 to 54.
It was just over seven years ago that classic rock surpassed oldies in
35 to 44‑year old men's listening choices and the format hasn't looked
back.
2509 Our
classic rock station will be distinct from what is already available in the
Grande Prairie market. Our new station
will reintroduce many songs that will appeal to 35 plus males that have not
been aired on any local stations in significant numbers. By carefully balancing pure classic rock
artists such as the Rolling Stones, Eric Clapton, The Guess Who along with
AC/DC, Prism, Aerosmith and Trooper, the classic rock format has become as
comfortable for the 35 plus male as a pair of Levis or a mustang convertible.
2510 Here
is a sample of what their new radio station will sound like.
‑‑‑ Audio
presentation / Présentation audio
2511 MS
GRAHAM: In building our application we
realize that image in the format is very important. If approved, our goal will be to create a
bond with our listeners stronger than most stations can, simply because the
target audience will associate the music and surrounding pop culture of the
station with the best times of life.
They are not feeling old, but forever youthful because of that
relationship and the classic rock format defines that moment in their lives.
2512 Our
search for a desirable format was for one that would have minimal impact on the
stations already established in Grande Prairie.
Our classic rock format will appeal to males 35 to 54 years of age, but
also to include male listeners five years younger or older than this
demographic. We will focus on Canadian
and international artists of the classic rock genre, we would also spotlight
new and emerging Canadian artists and give them the opportunity to expose their
music to a new audience.
2513 Our
station named The Drive will air a number of special programs that will provide
our listeners with a full range of classic rock. They include, as described in our
supplementary brief: Ear to the Tracks,
this will highlight a Canadian album in its entirety; Border Crossing, this
will feature culturally diverse rock music from around the world; Electric
Lunch, every weekday from noon to 1:00 p.m. we will ask listeners to fax, email
or telephone in their suggested music sets; Live Wire, an extension of the
classic rock format as we profile the heavy music that typified the rock of the
1980s; Off the Record, an in‑depth look at rock `n' roll's classic
artists with host Joe Benson; The Canadian Rock Review, a short‑form
feature which will air twice a day providing background on the people that made
the music.
2514 And
now to our commitment on local reflection in Grande Prairie here is Mr. Gord
Sharp.
2515 MR.
SHARP: Our new station, The Drive, will
be a classic rock format with a heavy emphasis on news and information
programming. Nine hours and 15 minutes
each week will be devoted to providing information to our audience, 35 to 54‑year
old males, which are significant consumers of news and information. Our news and sportscasts will be well
researched, written and broadcast with a focus on the local community and
region covering the meetings, press conferences and emergency happenings that
our audience needs to know about.
2516 Focus
groups have told us what the area wants from an information department, strong
local coverage and strong on‑air news and sports personnel. The Drive's
news department will build on our existing contacts in the region. Currently on CJXX FM we average more than
25,000 stories annually from across the region aired on our newscasts. We strive for 80 per cent local content on
each cast, but often it is 100 per cent.
The new station will also have local and regional coverage as its top
priority. We also pride ourselves on
localizing provincial, national and international stories, federal and
provincial budgets, terrorist attacks, crime, agriculture and other stories
from outside the Peace Region will be broken down and local comment will be
sought.
2517 We
will continue our practice of the current newsroom in developing strong
relationships with city, county and other politicians from across the
area. We regularly interview our member
of Parliament and MLAs representing the region and have them explain political
issues to our listeners. The Regional
College in Grande Prairie is a great resource to our newsroom, we will continue
to interview the political scientists, historians, economists and other experts
when the expertise is needed.
2518 Grande
Prairie is an active sporting life with winter and summer sports drawing
thousands of fans and competitors each season.
Local coverage on The Drive will be our priority in sports coverage.
2519 Members
of the Commission, there is no morning newspaper or local television in Grande
Prairie. While we will broadcast news
throughout the day, morning information on radio is vitally important to the people
of the region. This will continue to be
important. Samuel Johnson wrote,
"Journalism is a flaming sword, hold it high, guard it well." We will.
2520 I
have always felt it an honour and a privilege to be in the news
profession. Our new station will work
very hard to uphold the news and sports standards that CJXX FM currently
provides to the people of Grande Prairie and, in particular, The Drive's 35 to
54‑year old male demographic. We
are particularly pleased to receive a letter of support from Dr. Duff Crerar of
Grande Prairie Regional College, the letter stated:
"To coin a term, CJXX has been
able to localize national and international news coverage by its close
interaction with professional scholars at Grande Prairie Regional College. In this way, the station has provided a
valuable forum for informed discourse across the region. I hope that this application will be
successful, as both their trajectory and intentions are to maintain and improve
this service."
2521 In
Grande Prairie the ability to develop synergies with our existing newsroom at
CJXX FM and other Pattison Broadcast Group stations in Western Canada will
enable us to make a commitment to news and information programming that a
standalone station would find difficult to match. Our commitment includes hourly five‑minute
newscasts from 6:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. Monday to Friday with additional updates
on the half hour during breakfast and late afternoons. The Drive's news coverage will continue on
the weekend as well. Our newsroom will
remain staffed Saturdays and Sundays with five‑minute reports every hour
from 6:00 a.m. through 6:00 p.m.
2522 The
Drive will provide a minimum of nine hours and 15 minutes of news and sports
reflection each week. In addition to
that commitment, we will provide local and surveillance material of three
hours, 30 minutes per week covering issues such as weather, traffic and other
current and relevant events.
2523 It
cannot be stressed enough that being live and current is critical to those who
live in the north, that is why we commit 30 minutes a day, seven days a week to
environmental and surveillance material.
2524 Our
weekly commitment for local reflection of news, weather, sports, environmental
and surveillance coverage will be 12 hours, 45 minutes. When we include interstitial spoken word and
our special music program spoken word we will have 23 hours and 51 minutes of
spoken word per week.
2525 MR.
ARNISH: I would like to highlight the
significant tangible benefits that will come from approval of our
application. Our application contains
commitments in an amount of over $2 million in direct expense Canadian talent
and employment equity initiatives. This
is almost three times the next highest commitment of any other applicant in
these proceedings. We will spend
$700,000 over the course of our licence in support of the Save the Music
Foundation initiative. We believe that
in the Save the Music Foundation we have identified the most significant new
initiative for the development of emerging talent in Canada. This addresses Canadian talent at its most
crucial point, the education of our youth in music.
2526 We
have established a unique partnership with the Canadian Rocky Mountain Music
Festival which has earned an international reputation as one of the leading
festivals of its kind. Our partner will
be responsible for ensuring that our annual $100,000 commitment per year is
distributed in accordance with the Commission's guidelines for Canadian Talent
Development.
2527 Contributions
will ensure instruments are in schools, mentoring occurs for music educators,
opportunities are created for students to travel to music events and
competitions away from home and bursaries and scholarships are available to
students in Alberta.
2528 Our
Save the Music Foundation has struck a cord in the community of Grande
Prairie. As Ms Arlene Miller stated in
her letter of May 18, 2006 to the Commission:
"The CRTC has worked within the
radio industry to sustain, develop and ensure that the Canadian music industry
reflects our unique Canadian culture and heritage. Without children and music programs in
Alberta how can we build a foundation to achieve those goals?"
2529 We
also greatly appreciate the support letter we received from talent
representative agency IMAC Management which stated:
"Save the Music Foundation is a
vital tool that addresses Canadian Talent Development at its most infinite
grassroots stage and it will raise the quality of music education in Western
Canada."
2530 We
further commit an additional $500,000 over the course of seven years to other
CTD initiatives, those are outlined in our supplementary brief and we are very
proud of the contribution we will make to the Grande Prairie community in
Canadian Talent Development in the region.
2531 We
have also made a significant financial commitment of $350,000 over the licence
term for the Canadian women in radio Career Accelerator Program. This is a program which is on the verge of
running out of funding absent our commitment.
We are aware that women across the country have benefited from this
significant initiative, we hope to keep it alive.
2532 We
have also committed $350,000 for a new career accelerator program designed for
broadcasters that are Aboriginal persons, visible minorities and persons with
disabilities. We have also committed
$175,000 for an employment equity initiative in alliance with the Métis Nation
of Alberta and the Grande Prairie Regional College.
2533 We
are pleased to have the support of the Métis Nation of Alberta, as stated in
their letter of May 15, 2006. The Métis
Nation of Alberta has worked with the Pattison Group in other areas of the
province successfully. We hope that this
application presents another such opportunity to expand a relationship with
them. The Pattison Group should be commended
for their continuing efforts to reach and support the Métis community within
Alberta.
2534 Why
the Pattison Group?? Mr. Chairman, you
have a large number of applicants before you, we are all making promises about
contributions to the community, to Canadian talent and the to the broadcast
system. But to deliver on these
contributions there must be a business case.
The Pattison Broadcast Group has a long history of running successful
small‑market stations. We are
confident in our ability to meet the ambitious commitments that we have
made. We have a solid and attainable
business plan and we have the resources of the Pattison Group of companies
behind us. The Broadcast Group is at the
very cornerstone of that group of companies and we are in the broadcast
industry for the long haul.
2535 In
every business that the Pattison Broadcast Group goes into it does so on the
premise that the business is multi‑generational and our commitments in
this Grande Prairie application, if approved, go beyond any given licence
terms. As the Commission is aware, it is
generally the case that smaller markets have different challenges than larger
markets. In smaller markets where the
Commission licences additional owners a common result has been a net reduction
in spoken word programming in the market as licensees seek efficiencies to
respond to the competition.
2536 Given
the critical importance of spoken word programming in smaller markets, it is
important to note that granting our application will result in the most
significant increase in the availability of spoken word programming in Grande
Prairie. Our commitment to news and
information in the market is already established and granting of this new
licence will enable us to increase this level of service. Licensing an additional owner to the market
will inevitably result in pressure in all players to find the most efficient
way to service the market, often resulting in a decrease in local originated
spoken word programming.
2537 In
smaller markets where an additional owner has been licensed it has often been
the case that there is a rush to the middle in terms of programming format as
the multiple owners compete to attract the largest audience. This rarely results in an increase in
sustainable diversity of format in the smaller market. Licensing and incumbent in a secondary market
ensures that the competitors will attempt to diversify their formats as there
is no incentive to compete against your own format. In Grande Prairie we submit that the issuance
of a licence to an incumbent player will have the most positive benefits to the
Grande Prairie radio market.
2538 Mr.
Chairman, the Pattison Broadcast Group keeps its promises and serves its
communities. We have a core belief that
the more we serve our community the more successful we will be. In the acquisition of Monarch Broadcasting in
2001 we committed over $1 million to build a state of the art media arts centre
for young students at Pacific Academy in Surrey, British Columbia. That outstanding facility was opened to
students in September of 2005.
2539 Also
in 2005 our radio and TV stations gave back $10.3 million in public service and
community service time to the towns and cities we work in. We operate excellent radio stations. New Country 93.7 JRFM has been named Canada's
country music station of the year by Canada Music Week three years in a
row. Our group has received a number of
CAB gold ribbon awards, RTNDA awards, along with many others in recent years. Recognition for this commitment was accorded
to Mr. Pattison when he was awarded the Canadian Association of Broadcasters
most prestigious award, the gold ribbon for broadcast excellence.
2540 In
conclusion, members of the Commission, we have a unique format designed for an
audience that is being underserved in Grande Prairie. We have committed $2.1 million in tangible
benefits. They include $1.2 million to
our unique Canadian talent initiatives highlighted by the very original brand
new Save the Music Foundation which will impact Canadian talent where it really
matters, our youth. We have also
committed to the highest level of spoken word programming of all applicants at
this proceeding, all of which we submit will provide significant benefits to
the community of Grande Prairie and serve the objectives of the Broadcasting
Act.
2541 Mr.
Chairman, members of the Commission, we appreciate the opportunity to appear
before you today and we look forward to responding to your questions.
2542 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you, Mr. Arnish. I am asking Mrs. Cram to ask the questions.
2543 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Thank you, Mr. Arnish and panel.
2544 I
was struck by your comments, Mr. Arnish, at page 9 when you were talking about
the issue of the rush to the middle. And
the last sentence of that paragraph says:
"Licensing an incumbent in a
secondary market ensures that the competitors will attempt to diversify their
formats, as there is no incentive to compete against your own format."
2545 Is
that what we should be looking for, diversity of formats, or should we be
looking for diversity of news, diversity of different voices in the
community? What should be more
important?
2546 MR.
ARNISH: In our opinion, Commissioner
Cram, I think the diversity of formats in smaller markets is becoming an
increasingly bigger issue for the whole industry right across Canada. As the Commission heard at the recent radio
review in Ottawa, that whole topic about over‑licensing in smaller
markets was a very big issue of broadcast companies, small independents and
companies of our size right across the country.
And we strongly believe in markets like Grande Prairie, if the
Commission was predisposed to licence the two incumbents with two new licences
for that marketplace, that is really in the best interest of the
marketplace. Because there is no doubt
in the history that we worked in markets where there has been two ownership
groups with four licences, there definitely is a diversity of formats.
2547 In
markets where we have more than two ownership groups and perhaps there is four
stations in the market owned by three ownership groups or there's five stations
in the market owned by three ownership groups there always is a rush, for the
most part, to the middle to gain the biggest audience share which obviously
transposes into sales of advertising in the marketplace. And that, to us, is not good for the
broadcasting system, it is not good for the community as well.
2548 So
we strongly believe that diversity of format rather than ‑‑
not necessarily diversity of spoken word information ‑‑ is
extremely important in markets like Grande Prairie. Our competitors and ourselves have worked
extremely hard in that market to build the market over the last 10 to 15
years. The O.K. Radio Group has done an
outstanding job with their Hot AC format.
Our team in front of you this morning has done a wonderful job with the
country format. If we are privileged to
receive a classic rock station licence for Grande Prairie and the incumbent is
also privileged to receive a station licence I really do feel at the end of the
day they are going to have a Hot AC station, they will move more to a modern
rock format. We will have our country
station and we will definitely be the classic rock station in the marketplace.
2549 So
diversity of format really does work and it is not dissimilar to markets
similar to the size of Prince George where there is two ownership groups, four
stations, four diverse formats. In
Kamloops there is two ownership groups, there is a new station going to be
coming on the air here shortly, so we will have five stations there, but at the
end of the day we are going to have five distinct formats.
2550 The
same thing could be said in Red Deer where we have two ownership groups, four
distinct formats in the marketplace as well just to give you some examples.
2551 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Now, I think you heard Mr. Truhn,
your country station presently are there news reports on it up `til 11:00 in
the evening?
2552 MR.
ARNISH: I will ask Mr. Sharp to talk to
that.
2553 MR.
SHARP: Yes, they are. From Monday to Sunday we have news from 5:30
in the morning until 11:00 p.m.
2554 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Nothing on Sunday?
2555 MR.
SHARP: Didn't I say Sunday? Sorry, until Sunday, yes.
2556 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Oh, I thought you said Monday to
Saturday.
2557 MR.
SHARP: No, until Sunday.
2558 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Oh okay, sorry. And so if you are providing news at night, it
would appear there is a demand for it?
2559 MR.
SHARP: There is, yes.
2560 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Why wouldn't you be doing the same
with this station?
2561 MR.
ARNISH: Well, we can talk about that and
Mr. Sharp has some views on that as well.
But we looked at this format as and we talked about it in our opening
presentation that the male genre, 35 to 54 with the median average age of 44,
in our opinion that is the target market we are going after, wants to certainly
know about news and information spoken word throughout the day. But in the Pattison Group we basically have
five radio stations that run a very similar format as we are proposing here in
Grande Prairie.
2562 In
everyone of those cases evening news, because of the fact that we are playing
just about all music, doesn't factor into the equation. We have live announcers as we proposed there
in Grande Prairie, so if something major was to take place our newsroom is on
call 24 hours a day, we will be live in the evening right through until
midnight. We are able to call on the
newsroom staff to be able to cover any stories that may come up. But as far as surveillance material, weather,
road information in the wintertime in the evening, because of the live staff
that we will have there, they will be able to provide that coverage.
2563 Mr.
Sharp or Mr. Norman, do you want to add anything?
2564 MR.
SHARP: That is right, we are also on a
24 hour notice, all five people in the newsroom, as will be the four in The
Drive newsroom. So we will be available
to cover emergency events and our jocks, as well, will be well versed in
getting information out to the people.
2565 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: You talk about the 35 to 54 male
being underserved and I guess I was surprised by that, but the market currently
skews female I gather in Grande Prairie, Alberta. I mean, it is almost a ‑‑ I
don't understand why that exists right now.
2566 MR.
NORMAN: Commissioner Cram, I can shed
some light on that a little bit. With
the current formats that we have, ours being a country radio station serving an
audience ‑‑ really, we have teenagers calling in our request
lines right up to grandmas and grandpas.
So country music covers a wide demographic and does cater a little more
to a female audience. SUN FM also, a
little softer rock station, pop, AC, whatever you would like to call it, also
caters to an audience of ‑‑ that is a little higher in female
listeners. What is missing and what we
have not only seen in the research, as you may have heard Mr. Truhn's case as
well, what is missing is a harder edge radio station for the male demographic
of 35 to 54.
2567 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: And so your core demo would then
be what? I mean, you have the range
there, is there a core within it?
2568 MR.
NORMAN: Our median age would be 44 ‑‑
2569 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Okay.
2570 MR.
NORMAN: ‑‑ and we would shoot for an audience separation of
male 70 per cent listeners, female 30.
2571 MR.
ARNISH: You know, the Grande Prairie
market, as you have heard and I won't be too repetitive here because you have
heard it already yesterday and today, but it is in the oil patch, there is also
a huge agricultural component to it and there is a major forest component to it
as well. But obviously the oil patch and
the lumber industry and the pulp and paper industry in Grande Prairie, there is
lots of males there and really the market up until this point in time, we
believe, has not been servicing that male demo and the demo that we are
projecting. And we don't want to lose
them to iPods, we don't want to lose them to satellite radio. Perhaps when they are at home off the oil
field or off not doing their work in the lumber industry they are listening to
radio on the internet, but we want to repatriate some of those listeners to the
Grande Prairie market.
2572 Unfortunately,
we don't have any statistics through BBM that says how much out‑of‑market
tuning is in Grande Prairie because the market isn't rated at this point in
time. But we feel there is a major
component of a male audience there that would, as our research says, would
clearly love to have a pure classic rock station. And I would like to build on the word
pure. We are talking about a pure
classic rock station. We are not talking
about a classic rock/classic hits hybrid, we are not talking about a classic
rock/modern rock hybrid, we are talking about a pure classic rock radio station
geared strictly toward males. It will
garner some females, but we are definitely geared toward the male demographic.
2573 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: I guess I am interested in your
median age being you said 41, didn't you?
2574 MR.
NORMAN: Commissioner Cram, 44.
2575 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: I am sorry.
2576 MR.
NORMAN: Yes.
2577 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: When the median age of Grande
Prairie, at least another applicant showed, your fellow incumbent, that the
median age in Grande Prairie was 29.7.
Why would you ‑‑ I suppose because they have more
income I guess at age 44 or..?
2578 MR.
ARNISH: Well the ‑‑ the
median age for Grande Prairie ‑‑ and I will get Ken or Anne to
respond to this if they wish as well, they live in the marketplace ‑‑
but as we all know, I mean, it is common sense with what is going on with the
economy in Alberta, particularly in the north that it is attracting a lot of
young people, there is no doubt about it, and it has driven the age of ‑‑
the average median age in Grande Prairie down to that demographic. But the marketplace has told us that there is
a big void out there for that 35 to 50 or maybe 40 to 50‑year old male
that is mature, working in the oil patch, working in the lumber and forest
industry and the trucking industry in Northern Alberta and we just feel that we
can repatriate those listeners to this format.
2579 MR.
SIEMENS: Commissioner Cram, if I might,
it really is a function of the format as to why the median listener would be 44
years of age. We determined through our
research that classic rock was the format to be and so then if you look at the
classic rock genre and what it is performing at right now it is definitely
targeted 35 to 54 with the 44‑year old listener begin right in the sweet
spot.
2580 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: But you could make it younger,
couldn't you, by adding the newer hits and that sort of thing?
2581 MR.
ARNISH: Well, we could and Gerry and Ken
might want to add to this, but that is not our intent. Our intent is to ‑‑ again,
and I don't want to be repetitive here ‑‑ but this is a pure
classic rock format and we are good at it.
We have five stations that are in this format now, we do very well with
them. Yes, we could go younger if we
decided we wanted to play more modern rock, but that is not our intent
here. Our intent is to be a pure classic
rock radio station. Gerry.
2582 MR.
SIEMENS: I haven't anything to add to
that.
2583 COMMISSION
CRAM: And in terms of the other five
applicants in this market that are saying they are going for classic rock, can
you distinguish your proposal from theirs? I know some of them are hybrids and I
recognize that.
2584 MR.
ARNISH: I guess it does concern me that
it has come up even today that some applicants, and they have to look at their
business plan and what they propose to the Commission for this market place,
have said well maybe it is a classic rock/classic hits hybrid. You know, we applied for a classic rock
format and now we are talking about classic hits. There is a huge difference in our opinion,
for the most part, between a pure classic rock radio station and a classic hits
radio station. There would be some
overlap in classic hits music played on a classic rock station, but you heard
our demo and I think the demo really clearly defines the station that we are
planning to take to air if we are privileged with a licence for Grande Prairie.
2585 If
you are true to the format you are true to the pure classic rock format that we
have described here today, as we have put in our application as well.
2586 MR.
SIEMENS: And I think, if I might,
another defining character of our radio station would be ‑‑ we
have outlined in the supplementary brief and cross‑referenced today ‑‑
a number of full‑length music‑based programs that will be unique to
our station, Ear to the Tracks; Border Crossings; Electric Lunch; Live Wire;
Off the Record and so on, so those are definitely characteristics that set us
apart from our competitors. And then
that doesn't even begin to address our huge commitment to news and spoken word,
which is certainly a defining character.
2587 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Those programs that you were
talking about, the ‑‑ I will call them accompanying music‑based
programming ‑‑ all locally produced?
2588 MR.
NORMAN: I can answer that, Commissioner
Cram. They will be produced by our new
Grande Prairie Drive staff and we have one syndicated show and that is the show
called Off the Record with Joe Benson that will air for an hour on Sunday
nights.
2589 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Thank you very much for this. My notes say, yes, it is 12 hours, 45 minutes
of the news, sports, surveillance which includes road and weather. Now, for some reason I thought there was
going to be 12 hours of scripted news, sports.
But there isn't there is only nine hours, 15 minutes of the scripted
news, sports, is that correct?
2590 MR.
NORMAN: That is correct, yes.
2591 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Yes.
2592 MR.
NORMAN: And I will let Mr. Sharp talk a
little bit more about this. The surveillance
material would take in ‑‑ because we will be on the air live
from 6:00 a.m. until midnight ‑‑ announcer talk during the
evenings. As you heard in our
presentation, life in the north is very unpredictable, so we need to be able to
tell people when the highways are impassable, the RCMP need to be able to get a
hold of us locally and then our announcer who is on the air, if it is deemed
necessary, can contact our news director or news staff to follow‑up on
that. But I will let Gord Sharp tell you
a little more.
2593 MR.
SHARP: Thanks very much. That nine hours and 15 minutes on The Drive
news department ‑‑ I came into this business in the halcyon
days of radio news, the mid‑1970s, and quite frankly the last 10, 15, 20
years have been tough for news people across this country, but I am proud to
say Grande Prairie news and sports is very important to both our radio station
and the people of the Peace River Country.
As I mentioned in my opening remarks, there is no morning TV or morning newspaper
in Grande Prairie, it is extremely important.
And time and time again we hear from our audience just how important it
actually is.
2594 One
thing that strikes us all who work in Grande Prairie is yes, the economy is
going very well there, but that is not just by accident. The people of the Peace Country work very
hard in all sectors, whether you work in the oil patch, forestry, whether you
teach, you are a nurse or a doctor, whether you are in business, the folks up
there work very hard. And I have always
felt it is incumbent on a news department to roll‑up our sleeves and
duplicate what the folks up there are doing and that is why our focus always
has been local coverage. In the last few
days alone, some of the stories coming out of Grande Prairie, a proposed $265
million hospital, a local doctor from the Grimshaw area climbs Mount Everest,
the oldest man in Canada to ever do that.
We talked to him by satellite phone just hours after he came back, that
is great local radio, I guess great radio anywhere.
2595 The
schools up there are simply busting at the seams and parents are concerned that
they need more money from the province and we need to get our microphones out
there and talk to them and that is what we do.
Another 66‑year old man sold his ranch and he bought a great big
boat and he is now three‑quarters the way around the world. By satellite phone he has been a major part
of our newscasts for the last seven months.
I don't know if you recall the name Grant Notley, he was the NDP leader
of Alberta in the 1980s who died in a plane crash. His daughter announced last week that she is
running for a seat in Edmonton. She is a
resident of our area, just a brilliant lawyer in Edmonton and I think it is
just great she is following in.
2596 Roberta
Bondar, the great Canadian astronaut, who has got a résumé longer than this
room I think, was a part of our morning show when we had this wildly successful
science fair last fall, Roberta Bondar came in and the response was just
incredible. As you have heard in some of
the other applications, Ford World Women's Curling, greatest event ever as far
as a crowd and the success of it. The sporting
events in Grande Prairie, nonpareil as far as turnout and same with entertainment
events.
2597 We
don't run kickers on our newscasts, ladies and gentlemen, we run stories on
local events, charities, service clubs, area people who go the extra mile to
help people. And out of these softer
news stories at the end of our casts we often get very hard news stories like a
heartbreaking story of a lady from Beaverlodge who phoned me whose daughter is
serving in Afghanistan. It made for a
fantastic interview. Another father who
took part in a huge cancer relay a couple of weeks ago, just a year and a half
after his wife and daughter had died of the disease. To me, that has always made great radio
whether you are living in Toronto or Grande Prairie and we do our best. And I have to say, mentioning some of these
stories, terrific place for young news people to start, because it is such a
vibrant busy area.
2598 MR.
ARNISH: Commissioner Cram, if I just add
to that. As you are aware, we are adding
a significant amount of spoken word in the news and information portion of our
application on The Drive if we receive a licence. And we are hiring new people, four new people
for the newsroom to compliment our five that we have already there.
2599 But
I would like Gord just to spend just a brief moment to tell you or perhaps even
demonstrate to you that at the end of the day we are going to have a major news
commitment on The Drive, but the news presentation on The Drive will be
different than what the news presentation currently is on CJXX FM, because we think
that is very important that the way we write the news and deliver the news is
different than what we are doing currently on our country station in Grande
Prairie.
2600 MR.
SHARP: Good morning, I am Gord Sharp,
Big Country News. So close, but what a
great run, the Canes beat the Oilers 3‑1 in Game 7 to win their first
Stanley Cup. We have this report from
Raleigh and Big Country Sports Director, Big Paul Thomas. Thanks, Paul.
Cam Ward, born and raised just outside Edmonton, Conn Smythe winner and
boy is he cool as a cucumber throughout the playoffs.
2601 Jim
Dinning, leading candidate to replace Ralph Klein as Alberta Conservative
Leader, was in Grande Prairie yesterday just one day after officially declaring
his intentions to run for leader.
Dinning told Big Country News he fully supports the proposed $265
million hospital for the city, saying he sympathizes with the healthcare
crisis. The Health Authority recently
announced there is a shortage of 36 doctors and 25 nurses across our region.
2602 Grimshaw,
a proud community this morning. Late
yesterday Dr. Andries Botha finished his climb up Mount Everest. The physician who espouses a lifestyle of no
alcohol, no nicotine and lots of exercise is the oldest Canadian, at 56, to
conquer Everest. He will join us on our
news magazine focus tonight by satellite phone.
2603 MR.
NORMAN: Good morning, I am Ken Norman,
104.5 The Drive news. The only team
happier than the Carolina Hurricanes is the Calgary Flames, 3‑1 Canes
over the Oil last night. The impossible
dream ended in Game 7, Cam Ward playoff MVP, so close.
2604 Premier
wannabe Jim Dinning was in the city yesterday.
The former Alberta treasurer said he would support the proposed $265 million
hospital and says the healthcare crisis in Grande Prairie is a joke and he will
clean it up when he replaces King Ralph.
2605 Here
is a sawbones that follows his own health advice, Grimshaw Dr. Andries Botha
has climbed Mount Everest. At 56 he has
become the oldest Canadian to do so.
Have a beer, Doc, you deserve it.
2606 MR.
ARNISH: So that gives you a bit of an
example of how different the newscasts would be between CJXX, our country
station, and The Drive, our classic rock station.
2607 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: So just let me figure this
out. There is four new news staff, four
FTEs I guess I will call them, fulltime equivalents, but then, Mr. Sharp, would
you still be the director of both?
2608 MR.
SHARP: Yes, I would, yes.
2609 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Okay.
2610 MR.
NORMAN: And I should add too,
Commissioner Cram, the mandate that Gord has set out for his news employees to
file stories and get reports on our local area will be followed the same on The
Drive. And maybe Gord could allude a
little to what he does on XX FM now.
2611 MR.
SHARP: We have a quota of 50 stories per
week per newsperson, myself included, and as I reach my 50th year that becomes
more difficult for me, but that is the quota we have. That works out to about 1,000 stories a
month. Sometimes it is way more than
that, because I can't stress how busy we are up in the Grande Prairie
area. Each one of these stories runs a
minimum of two, more likely four, times and that takes us well over the 25,000
mark per year. So news and sports
coverage is a huge part of what we do.
2612 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: So do the news people cover sports
also?
2613 MR.
SHARP: We have a fulltime sports
director. But certainly, we have 80
years between all of us in the news department as far as experience. A lot of us love sports, so we help out. But he is the fellow who covers the local
Alberta Junior Hockey League team, he will cover golf and curling. But if he needs help, yes, we will pitch in.
2614 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Okay. And how many news staff would there be
dedicated to programming, Mr. Norman or ‑‑ if I ask a person I
don't mean to restrict that person to answer.
2615 MR.
NORMAN: Well, Commissioner, the answer
to that is four.
2616 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Four new programming ‑‑
programming staff? Okay.
2617 MR.
NORMAN: Four news.
2618 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: No, programming?
2619 MR.
NORMAN: Oh, for programming staff,
yes. The programming staff ‑‑
we have it listed that we will have 13 fulltime staff and two part‑timers. And as fulltime staff, we will have a program
director/announcer, morning announcer, midday announcer, afternoon Drive
announcer, and evening weekend, evening weekend, so that works out to six
fulltime.
2620 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Now you did say live‑to‑air
the full time. Now you really mean live‑to‑air
save and excepting that one program, Off the Record?
2621 MR.
ARNISH: That is correct.
2622 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: And would you accept that as a
COL?
2623 MR.
ARNISH: Yes, we sure would.
2624 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Now you say, and I found it
fascinating, you say that you would be live‑to‑air "over the
complete first term of the licence".
What about the second?
2625 MR.
ARNISH: I think we would continue to do
that in the second and third and fourth without question.
2626 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: It was ‑‑
2627 MR.
ARNISH: It is a fair question.
2628 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: ‑‑ jarring looking at it, yes. In terms of synergies with the existing
station ‑‑ and I want to start with news and programming
synergies first and then we will get into the other. So either one of you, Mr. Sharp or Mr. Norman
or Mr. ‑‑ I mean..
2629 MR.
SHARP: You mean as far as Big Country
news staff helping out The Drive news staff?
2630 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Yes.
2631 MR.
SHARP: The Drive news staff would have
their own mandate as far as working that.
We would all work out of the same news department. We would, you know, really try not to
duplicate up on meetings, so we could use people to cover a lot more in the
area. But we need to stress here that
The Drive news people would be for The Drive FM and Big Country people would be
for Big Country, because while they would help each other out and, because I
have a background in sports, I believe greatly in working as a team, they would
be two very separate radio stations and news departments.
2632 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: It sounds like though, Mr. Sharp,
that because you are going to be the only news director, there is really no
sort of editorial independence in the sense of one being completely independent
from the other. I mean, you are going to
be their boss, so you would be able to say I want this covered, I don't want
this covered, that kind of thing?
2633 MR.
SHARP: There would be some of that, but
we would follow the laws of news, of course, and we would, you know, cover as
much as we can on both stations. There
is so much to cover up there that.. But
I can guarantee you that both stations would be different from a news perspective.
2634 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: And what about programming?
2635 MR.
NORMAN: Programming would be separate as
well. The only synergies we really have
are the nine management positions and/or administration. The rest of it would be like ‑‑
and they are in different buildings, except for, you know, we will obviously
have the same General Manager, myself, and Gord in the newsroom, Anne as our
Sales Manager for both, that type of thing.
2636 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Did you say you are going to be in
a different building?
2637 MR.
NORMAN: No, I am sorry.
2638 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Oh okay, you are going to be in
the same building?
2639 MR.
NORMAN: Yes, we will.
2640 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: And then you have what I will call
DJ talk of 11 hours and 21 minutes.
Maybe I shouldn't ‑‑ DJ talk would be six hours and the
rest would be scripted interstitial? I
am back at your handy dandy sheet here.
2641 MR.
NORMAN: Yes, I will call on Gerry
Siemens to help me out a little bit with this one. The announcer dialogue, is we had
forecast ‑‑ for instance, our plans are to be on the air for
18 hours a day. So what we have done
there, Commissioner, is calculated in the talk per hour that the announcers
will do.
2642 MR.
SIEMENS: Well, Commissioner Cram,
Commissioner Langford yesterday gave some applicants some homework and,
frankly, I am not that big an Oilers fan, so I did that ahead of time last
night.
2643 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Everybody is saying that now.
2644 MR.
SIEMENS: It is true, it is true. So to walk you through our spoken word
programming schedule, you already know that we have committed to nine hours, 15
minutes of news and sports and surveillance material of three hours and 30
minutes, which would include rapidly changing weather conditions and road
reports and so on, so that is a total of 12 hours and 45 minutes. Now, we also committed to a Fun Chaser, which
will be throughout the Grande Prairie and region phoning back reports from all
sorts of community events and we have those scheduled 28 times a week, they
will be about two minutes in duration, so that is 56 minutes for the course of
the week.
2645 The
Electric Lunch and Brunch actually is on for nine hours in the course of the
week. We allowed for 10 minutes of
dialogue in that program. And if that
sounds like a lot, it is really not, if you consider four breaks in the course
of an hour at two and a half minutes while we engage our listeners in requests
and other dialogue, it is not that much.
But it does workout to one hour and 30 minutes in the course of the
week. Ear to the Tracks, 10 minutes of
dialogue in the course of the program.
As you pointed out, Commissioner Cram, it will be quite likely
scripted. And Live Wire and so on, 16
minutes and eight minutes respectively.
The Canadian Rock Review is 90 seconds in duration, it will be on 14
times a week, which accounts for another 21 minutes.
2646 And
as to announcer dialogue, at 120 hours when you take out the block programming
that we already alluded to there, we thought four minutes an hour would be
reasonable, that is four breaks an hour at two minutes in the course of a
break, which is another six hours, which brought us up to 11 hours, 21 minutes
in interstitial talk for a total spoken word commitment of 23 hours and 51
minutes for the course of a week.
2647 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Okay, so the ones that are then
scripted would include Ear to the Tracks and what else?
2648 MR.
SIEMENS: Ear to the Tracks, Live Wire,
Border Walk or Border Crossings and the Canadian Rock Review.
2649 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Okay, thank you. Have you figured out a percentage of music to
spoken word or spoken word to music? So
if I use my mathematical skills and took 23 hours, 51 minutes divided by 126, I
would come up with the percentage?
2650 MR.
SIEMENS: You would, so would I if I had
a calculator.
2651 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: No, I can just do it in my head.
2652 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: You might want to undertake to
bring that number in yourself.
2653 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Knowing that I got 64 in grade 12
algebra and have not forgotten it obviously.
To your CTD, I first wanted to start with Save the Music Foundation and
I guess I need to figure out the structure.
On page 7 you talk about the Save the Music Foundation. Now, that is actually going to be a
foundation?
2654 MR.
ARNISH: Yes, Commissioner Cram, just
maybe I will give you some background because when we were in Calgary you were
not at the hearing, but I think you have heard about the Save the Music
Foundation. We are very proud of this
new Canadian Talent Development initiative.
I am going to get Gerry to answer your question in some more detail here
in a moment, but I just though I would give you some quick background history
on it.
2655 When
we were getting our team together to talk about Calgary and also Grande
Prairie, and we also took a look at Fort McMurray as well, we decided at the
end of the day that we thought that it would be great to create something new,
some brand new initiative for Canadian talent in Canada.
2656 So
we go back about a year ago now and one day I was talking to our legal counsel,
Chris Weafer, on the phone about the application and I said to Chris, I said,
"How is my tuba buddy doing?"
Because, as I said, in Calgary I play tuba. And Ryan, his son, plays tuba in a high
school band in North Vancouver. So Chris
went on to tell me about what the band program was doing at Seacove Secondary
in North Vancouver and how much fun these kids were having with music as being
part of their life and their youth in this day and age. And we got into a discussion about funding
for school music programs.
2657 And
out of that, long story short, we decided to have a meeting with Mr. Lee, who
is the head music educator at Seacove Secondary, and we had a really good discussion
with him about under‑funding for music programs of all sorts in the
school system in general right across the country, because he has major contact
with music educators across the country.
He then put us in touch with Willie Connell of the Rocky Mountain Music
Festival and really the rest is history.
2658 And
I will turn it over to Gerry to give you a brief description about the
foundation and how we are going to set it up and how it is going to
operate. It is very exciting. We have made major commitments in Calgary, as
you know, well over $3 million in commitments to the CTD initiative, $700,000
here in Grande Prairie and we are looking at other opportunities to put way
more money into this fund that is going to be for true emerging Canadian
talent. And we heard about emerging
Canadian talent at the radio hearing in Ottawa.
I can't think of better money spent than on Canada's youth when it comes
to music. So with that, I will turn it
over to Gerry and he can fill you in with some more detail.
2659 MR.
SIEMENS: I think the first point I would
like to try to make clear is that our goal is not to take the place of
government. We think that government
have a responsibility to educate our youth in music and in all facets of their
education and that is their job and they should do that job and they do do that
job.
2660 However,
government can only go so far. And the
Save the Music Foundation is being developed to identify and to help kick to
the next level the best of the best that the school music programs have to
offer and that can come by way of a whole bunch of different things. And Save the Music Foundation will not
primarily exist to buy a French horn for a young person in Beaverlodge because
they can't afford it. We would do that,
of course, if we were asked, but that is not the primary function.
2661 The
primary function is to give these kids that are coming out of school a leg up
to the next level and we can do that by mentoring programs for music
educators. More and more educators are
coming out of college and they are reluctant to get into music programs because
they fear it could be a short‑term deal.
So we would develop mentoring programs for music educators, mentoring
programs for students by bringing in qualified musicians, professional
musicians, role models that they can look up to and also to assist in
fundraising for all sorts of different things.
2662 In
Calgary, Commissioner Cram, we had four young men from North Vancouver sing
Acappella at the hearing and they were outstanding. And I made the point at that hearing that
those four young men had been asked to perform on behalf of Canada in Belgium
and in Japan and couldn't go on either occasion because they couldn't raise the
money. More recently they have been
asked to perform at Carnegie Hall in New York and so they are back out
conducting bake sales and carwashes and leaning on their parents. So that is the sort of thing that the Music
Foundation could step up and do.
2663 Last
night the winner of the Conn Smythe trophy was a young man who grew up just a
few miles from here in Sherwood Park, a great young goaltender. Now, when he was learning his craft and when
he got to a point where he could compete he was moved to a junior hockey level,
I am sure, where he could play at a very high level and determine if he had the
goods to turn pro or not. Unfortunately,
in the music education system there is no Western Hockey League and that is
kind of what we are talking about what we are designed to do.
2664 Just
one more thought and then I will let you ask your next question. But you asked is this actually a
foundation. It will be. We have an application pending for the
purchase of Island Radio and there are some funds earmarked from our
initiatives there to the Save the Music Foundation. We hope for approval on that application and
that we will start the Music Foundation.
We are already sponsors of the Canadian Rocky Mountain Music Festival as
the Pattison Group and we also have funds earmarked for the Save the Music
Foundation from our purchase of the O.K. Radio Group in Victoria, so we are on
our way.
2665 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Well, that at least answered my
question about why B.C. should get any money.
Because previously, Mr. Arnish was only talking about Calgary, here and
another place in Alberta, and I am thinking why should B.C. people get any
money just because Mr. Weafer is there.
2666 MR.
ARNISH: No, the funding is available to
all school districts, all school music programs in British Columbia and
Alberta.
2667 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: And Alberta. And I am not getting this and it is my legal
mind, you are going to create a foundation, a separate entity, and how is it
going to be separate? Like, are you
going to be on the board? I mean, like
what..?
2668 MR.
ARNISH: Sure, we can answer that. We talked about that in Calgary as well. I will have Gerry give you an outline on it. We are in the process right now of
registering it as a foundation, as a society, and that process is ongoing at
this point in time. We will have an
independent board of directors, we will have some members of the Pattison Broadcast
Group as part of that board. But for the
most part, and Gerry can give you a breakdown, the makeup of the board is going
to come from the Rocky Mountain Music Festival.
2669 And
school districts or if a music educator wants to start an elementary school
band in Beaverlodge, for example, or High River, whatever the case may be, it
may even be here in Grande Prairie, they can certainly come forward and apply
for funding for that. The Save the Music
Foundation will look at the funding for a program like that and make a decision
at the end of the day whether they feel that that program should be funded or
should it be something else. But all the
money will be dispensed on an annual basis and we will report where that money
is spent as part of our annual CRTC returns at the end of the year.
2670 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Will Pattison be the majority
shareholder? Who will have control of
the foundation?
2671 MR.
ARNISH: The Rocky Mountain Music
Festival will have control of the foundation.
2672 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: So the foundation is in fact the
partnership that you were talking about on page 7 ‑‑
2673 MR.
ARNISH: That is correct.
2674 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: ‑‑ with the Canadian..?
Okay.
2675 MR.
ARNISH: That is correct.
2676 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: But it will be controlled by the
Canadian Rocky Mountain Music Festival?
2677 MR.
ARNISH: That is correct.
2678 MR.
SIEMENS: Commissioner Cram, we
anticipate four board meetings a year.
Willie Connell, who you are going to meet probably tomorrow from the
Canadian Rocky Mountain Music Festival, will be here to speak to that. But there are no administrative costs from
the radio stations. The board will
operate on its own and, yes of course, there will be Pattison representation on
the board, but it will be controlled by the board itself.
2679 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: What about the admin costs of the
foundation, who pays that? Is some of
this money going to go to the admin costs or is it just going to go to
seminars, bursaries, scholarships, high school instruments, regional talent
competitions?
2680 MR.
ARNISH: I don't anticipate there will be
any administrative costs really. The
board will be responsible for a pool of money, yet to be determined how large,
which will go in and directly back out to the students and music programs that
make application for it.
2681 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Who will be receiving and
processing the applications and assessing them?
2682 MR.
ARNISH: The Canadian Rocky Mountain
Music Festival.
2683 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Okay, on behalf of the foundation
then, at their cost?
2684 MR.
ARNISH: Yes, Commissioner Cram.
2685 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Okay. And do you as yet have ‑‑
what is the word ‑‑ a definitive list of where the monies will
go, in the sense of they shall not go here, they shall go to this, this, this,
this?
2686 MR.
ARNISH: No, we haven't because we
haven't got the foundation up and running yet.
We are waiting on some decisions to come from the CRTC. We have put some money into the Rocky
Mountain Music Festival, as Mr. Siemens mentioned, we sponsored the Rocky
Mountain Music Festival this year, the Jim Pattison Broadcast Group. We haven't gotten down to the definitive
terms of that yet, but we are in the process of working on those and we would
be most pleased to file those with the Commission as soon as that is done as
well.
2687 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: I notice that when you were
talking about the other commitments, the CWC Career Accelerator and there was
another one for radio ‑‑
2688 MR.
ARNISH: Métis.
2689 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: ‑‑ the career accelerator designated groups.
2690 MR.
ARNISH: Yes.
2691 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: And then you had GPR College. And you have ‑‑ I guess it
looks like you have refined it more, an employment equity initiative in
alliance with the Métis Nation of Alberta.
Now, you recognize that none of these are CTD as defined by us and I see
you call it a significant financial commitment as opposed to CTD?
2692 MR.
ARNISH: Well we had this discussion in
Calgary and it is a great question, because it does give us the opportunity I
guess to sort of wave the flag for Canada and wave the flag for the
broadcasting industry in general. Yes,
we clearly understand what Canadian Talent Development initiatives are all
about. But the industry is struggling,
in our opinion, to bring along new people into the industry, it is struggling
to bring new people into the industry that are in the four designated
groups. We do a great job in women but,
as you know, in Aboriginals, people with disabilities and First Nations, we
could do better, the industry as a whole could do better, but it is tough
getting qualified people.
2693 I
am a very strong believer in the promotion of women in management. I think the industry, over the last few years
has done a great job with that but we can do a better job. And we do believe the initiatives that we put
on the table here related to this Grande Prairie application is for Canadian
Talent Development. It may not be in the
musical genre of pure Canadian talent, but we believe it is in Canadian talent
of women, Aboriginal persons, people with disabilities, so on and so forth and
giving them the opportunity to train, to join this fabulous industry of
broadcasting and radio and television and we look up on our commitments as
truly pure CTD. It may not be in the
criteria of the Commission, but that is the way we look at it.
2694 MR.
SIEMENS: If I might just elaborate on
that, Commissioner Cram. We recognized
when we wrote the application, and the one in Calgary as well, that these proposals
we were putting forward are colouring outside the line a little bit and we take
full responsibility for that and embrace that.
2695 We
just look at these programs ‑‑ we think they should be
Canadian Talent Development, but even if they are not we have clearly
identified them for you as a tangible benefit, because we think these programs
are so worthwhile. I mean, we are all
struggling to boost our employment equity, to find Aboriginal persons and others
that want to get into our industry, that need some encouragement to get into
our industry, need some barriers lowered and we think that these programs all
do that.
2696 And
what is more, the small markets need programs like these. We just heard an applicant yesterday saying how
hard it is to attract people to smaller markets that fit the criteria. So we need more people in the pool, that is
what we need and we think this does that.
So is it Canadian Talent Development?
We think so. But if it is not, it
is definitely a tangible benefit and we stand by it.
2697 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: And you would accept a COL that
you would spend these monies?
2698 MR.
ARNISH: Absolutely.
2699 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Mr. Norman, how many Aboriginals
do you have on staff in Grande Prairie?
2700 MR.
NORMAN: At present in Grande Prairie we
do not have any.
2701 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: And what kind of programming do
you have sort of geared towards Aboriginals?
2702 MR.
NORMAN: We have a number of community
events we take part in and Gord Sharp, in a second, could allude a little more
to that. Also, Ms Anne Graham is
involved not only as a sales rep with our radio station but as a community liaison
too. And in the north there is a significant
Aboriginal population and quite a few events going on. So I will pass it to Gord to comment on that.
2703 MR.
SHARP: We have done lots of news stories
with Aboriginal groups. There are seven
First Nations within a 100‑mile radius of Grande Prairie, very active,
done a lot of stories with the Métis group.
The closest First Nations to Grande Prairie is Horse Lake, they are very
active in the sporting community and Sturgeon Lake is another one very
active. We have done a lot of stories
with them over the years.
2704 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: What do you do to recruit
Aboriginals, Mr. Norman?
2705 MR.
NORMAN: We have made some significant
inroads in that. Unfortunately, at this
time, we still do not have an Aboriginal working for us. But we are working on that and a program has
been established by our sister station in the Pattison Group in Medicine Hat
who have taken the initiative to get things rolling for our company.
2706 And
you will meet Greg King tomorrow from the Métis Nation or when he appears. Greg is really excited about this new
program, Teaming the Métis Nation of Alberta.
He is the Head of Education for the Métis Nation of Alberta based here
in Edmonton. And he is really excited
about teaming up with the program we have for audio visual and new media at
Grande Prairie Regional College. He said
it is an opportunity of a lifetime and he said I love classic rock, can I be an
announcer part‑time, so I might end up with somebody there. But you will meet Greg tomorrow and we truly
are trying to make this an initiative.
2707 MR.
ARNISH: You know, we talk about this in
our whole group all the time because we meet quarterly and we meet often. We take employment equity very seriously and,
you know, even in some of our larger centres that are in small markets,
Kamloops, Kelowna, Prince George, for example, Red Deer, even in Vancouver, it
is extremely difficult, and I think other broadcasters in the room would say
this as well, to find qualified people from the Aboriginal community. And I think some of these programs that we
are talking about here, these new initiatives with the Alberta Métis
Association and the Grande Prairie Regional College go a long way in trying to
foster people that will be trained to join us or join others in the industry as
a whole.
2708 And
we have had people from First Nations that have done well, they have come and
joined us. I will give you an
example. In Kamloops, we had a camera
person who was a First Nations fellow and we hired him, he did very well, he
came along and then the big market stations in Vancouver found out about him
and hired him away from us, which is fine, we are glad he could pursue his
career in Vancouver and it was a great opportunity and more money and all
that. But we had a difficult time trying
to replace that position and I don't think to this day we were able to do that
in that particular area.
2709 It
is tough, there is no doubt about it.
But I think all of us in this room, I think all broadcasters are trying
to grow the quotas, if I can use that terminology, in that and other areas as
well. We believe, in the Pattison Group,
that is our responsibility, we should be doing that.
2710 MR.
SHARP: It is very hard to find workers
in the Grande Prairie area. And the
Grande Prairie Regional College ‑‑
2711 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: In any event.
2712 MR.
SHARP: Sorry?
2713 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: In any event, it is hard to find
anybody.
2714 MR.
SHARP: Yes, that is right. And just a couple of months ago Grande
Prairie Regional College started a program to help train heavy duty operators
in the Aboriginal community and they have had some great luck with that and we
did several stories on that. And they
are hoping that will help people from the Peace Country and Aboriginal people
from the Peace Country get good‑paying jobs which will be in the area for
a long time. So yes, we need to work
harder at it, but we are doing as many stories as we can on it as well.
2715 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Moving onto finance. You say that 80 per cent of your revenue will
come from the incumbents. How much of
that will come from O.K.?
2716 MR.
ARNISH: I will have Anne and Kim talk to
you about that, how we put our business plan together. Kim.
2717 MS
McKECHNIE: Thank you, Commissioner
Cram. I believe in our deficiency letter
we indicated that based on local advertising revenues from the existing
licensees in the market approximately 80 per cent of the revenue from the new
station will come from local advertisers rather than other stations.
2718 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Okay. So what percentage of your
revenue do you think will come from O.K.?
2719 MS
McKECHNIE: Well, do you want me to give
you a breakdown of where all our revenue is going to come from?
2720 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: No, just percentage of your
revenues that would come from that one incumbent.
2721 MS
McKECHNIE: Well, we are estimating
around 20 per cent is going to come from other stations, but that would include
our own as well.
2722 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Yes.
2723 MS
McKECHNIE: So if we split the
difference, 10 per cent.
2724 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Oh, you think it would be about 10
per cent?
2725 MS
McKECHNIE: It is a guesstimate.
2726 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Okay. And of course you are the incumbent and you
again have high high revenues, second only to O.K. in projections, and the same
question as my colleague, Commissioner Langford, asked O.K., why are you so
bullish?
2727 MR.
ARNISH: Well, I can let our team talk to
you about that. We have been in the
market a long time. We have been in the
market as long as O.K. has to a degree.
We know the market very well, the market has grown over the last
probably five to seven years quite nicely and we project a growth, as you heard
from other applicants at this hearing as well, for Grande Prairie will continue
over the next coming years as well. We
know the marketplace without question.
And when we put this business plan together we felt that with a pure
classic rock radio station, our commitment to news and spoken word programming
that we are going to repatriate a lot of the listeners.
2728 We
went out, and Anne can talk about this, we went out and talked to a number of
our clients, over 100 of our clients, about would they increase their budgets,
would they look at supporting a station like this. And I am going to let her give you some
finite detail, but at the end of the day when we went out and did our homework,
and we always do our homework, we do our due diligence. We realized at the end of the day that we could
launch this new station in Grande Prairie ‑‑ because we built
our business plan on their only being one station in Grande Prairie, I will say
that, because that is what the call for licences was for ‑‑
but we felt very strongly that the marketplace could support this station and
then at the end of the day we realized perhaps it could support two.
2729 Anne.
2730 MS
GRAHAM: I am just going to, for one
moment, defer this to Kim McKechnie who would just like to further comment on
that and then I will address the issue as well.
2731 MS
McKECHNIE: I will give you the long
boring math version how we came up with those numbers. In projecting the revenues for The Drive we
used our revenues from our existing station in Grande Prairie at the time we
prepared the application so, of course, that was going back sometime around
2004. We assumed that our competitor was
doing roughly the same, which gives us a figure of around $7 million. Based on the historical growth in the market
around 3 per cent we bumped that up to $7.2.
2732 From
there, we projected at approximately there would be about 10 per cent growth in
at least year one and year two when you are adding an additional station. The 10 per cent figure we arrive at for
revenue is based on new businesses to Grande Prairie, not just to radio, but to
Grande Prairie. Then existing businesses
who may not have, in the past, had a venue for their ads and then incremental
users. The estimate is, in part, a bit
of an educated guess as well based on our experiences in, more specifically,
Red Deer, as a recent example.
2733 To
test the formulas then we went out into the market and polled 100 business with
approximately 40 per cent of them indicating that they would increase their
advertising budgets to add the rock station into their mix. So this, coupled with the new businesses,
should comfortably bring us to our 10 per cent projected growth in each of year
one and year two.
2734 Our
research shows us that we can expect at least 25 per cent market share. So calculating our share of the projected
market brings this figure to $2 million in year one with similar growth in year
two. We assume that these figures will
slow to a more normal pace throughout the remaining term of the licence and
beyond. And I will just let Anne
elaborate on what the business polling was.
2735 MS
GRAHAM: Thanks, Kim. As we talked to more than 100 businesses in
Grande Prairie in March of 2006 and the results came in that, as Kim had
mentioned earlier, the 40 per cent of those surveyed indicated that they would
be willing to support and they were looking forward to advertising on a classic
rock radio station. Forty per cent of
the respondents also indicated that they would shift some advertising dollars
around, maybe repatriate some of the dollars that was bleeding from the
community in the trade area which is going to some of the other stations that,
although they sell on the market they don't really serve the radio market or
the Grande Prairie market, sorry.
2736 And
about 20 per cent of them had responded that ‑‑ or sorry, 20
per cent were not using radio in the market at this time because they just
didn't feel that the two existing stations could serve or reach the target
demographic that they were seeking.
However, with the excitement of the classic rock radio format that could
be coming to the market, they would definitely use it and would definitely spend
advertising dollars on The Drive.
2737 MS
McKECHNIE: I might just like to add that
in our revenue figures we are projecting about 20 per cent of that is going to
come from national buys. In an unrated
market they tend to buy the campaign across the board for all the stations, so
that money should be instant.
2738 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Now, I just wanted to get into non‑programming
synergies. It would be sharing space I
suppose, admin, back office, anything else?
2739 MR.
NORMAN: Commissioner Cram, there would
be technical, sales, promotion and management positions, yes, and same office
space, yes.
2740 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Yes, okay. Now, Mr. Arnish, you have just said that
Grande Prairie could have two new licences.
Are you going to go for three? I
mean, two years ago when you made this application it was one, so two years
later it is two. People won't launch
next year maybe, so I mean should we go for three?
2741 MR.
ARNISH: Great question, I knew it was
coming. You are right, when we did our
business plan, we alluded to that earlier, we built the business plan on one
radio station. We guesstimated, as you
heard Kim say, that we felt that the O.K. station was probably doing equally or
maybe even perhaps better. I mean, we don't
know all the finite details on the market.
So we guesstimated that even though if we put a business plan together
that is similar to ours that the market can support the additional one station.
2742 But
the application goes back to a year, year and a half ago when we started to put
it together and you have heard and we agree with it, that the marketplace has
certainly continued to grow and perhaps will continue to grow into the
future. I don't have a crystal ball, I
am not sure what is going to happen with the lumber industry, the pulp and
paper industry, the oil and natural gas industry. I think they are still going to have bright
futures.
2743 So
in answer to your question, if you look today at what the marketplace is doing
I and we believe that the market could support two radio stations with diverse
formats. But again, I guess I would just
pitch my line that I talked to you about earlier, that I think we have to be
careful about ‑‑ if the market can support two, should it be
two new independents or should it be two new diverse formats. We have been in a number of markets where
there has been more owners in the marketplace than two and it hasn't been good
for the marketplace. There is predatory
pricing wars, there is a merging of formats together to get the greatest
audience share for advertising revenues.
2744 I
do believe at the end of the day that the marketplace can support two radio
stations, two new commercial stations. I
do believe and I will say this, in this particular case they should go to the
incumbents. I think the incumbents will
ensure again at the end of the day that there will be a modern rock station
geared to young males 18 to 34 and are demographic geared to males in the
classic rock genre.
2745 If
the Commission decides at the end of the day that the specialty applicant, Mr.
Hunsperger, Touch Canada, has a good application before you and decides at the
end of the day that that licence should get approval in Grande Prairie, we don't
believe that will impact the two incumbents.
2746 I
guess the other thing, talking about if you licence two new independents, not
only does it impact the marketplace with predatory pricing and formats going to
the middle, but it certainly could impact the spoken word of the two current
incumbent stations in Grande Prairie as well because you have to become more
efficient at the end of the day. I
wouldn't like to see that happen, but it has happened in other markets.
2747 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: But surely, I mean with the PBITs
you would have to go a long way before?
2748 MR.
ARNISH: I think you would but I guess,
again, I will just reemphasize my point again, that I think what is in the best
interest of the general public and the Broadcasting Act and the community of
Grande Prairie is to have, if you are going to licence two, have four very
distinct formats. And I think you can
achieve that, Madam Commissioner, by licensing the two incumbents, because we
will follow through with four distinct formats.
2749 It
has worked very well in many other markets that we are in. In fact, I think you could ask other radio
competitors that are appearing before you here for Grande Prairie that they
have had the same type of situation in markets that they are in that we are not
in.
2750 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: And you know, Mr. Arnish, the
alternate frequency question?
2751 MR.
ARNISH: Yes, we have talked to our
consulting engineer, Mr. Hanke, who is here if you wish him to come forward to
make a statement on the record on that.
He has told me there is five other frequencies available in Grande
Prairie and we should have no difficulty if we can't use the proposed ‑‑
there is five plus our own I should say, for six ‑‑ if for
some reason you don't allow us to use the frequency that we have proposed to
the CRTC.
2752 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: None of which will impact your
projections?
2753 MR.
ARNISH: No, not at all.
2754 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Thank you. Thank you, Mr. Chair.
2755 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you, Mr. Arnish. When you spoke with my colleague regarding
the Save the Music Foundation it prompted me to look at the CIRPA intervention. I don't necessarily need that you
specifically answer to the specifics of the CIRPA if you want to wait for the
Phase 4. But if you are not planning to
wait for the Phase 4, can I have your comments on the fact that they are making
the case that CARAS MusiCan is doing exactly what the Save the Music Foundation
is planning to do. Do you have any
comments? And you can reserve your
comments to Phase 4, because I saw that you have a written reply, but you
didn't really address the specifics of that comment from CIRPA.
2756 MR.
ARNISH: I might wait until Phase 4, but
I guess I could say at this point in time we understand the CIRPA intervention
and I think we have responded to it in‑kind and we have given a very
detailed outlook on our viewpoint ‑‑
2757 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Yes, but not specifically
to the argument that CIRPA makes that CARAS MusiCan is a foundation that ‑‑
2758 MR.
ARNISH: Yes.
2759 THE
CHAIRPERSON: ‑‑ has the same purpose than the Save the Music
Foundation.
2760 MR.
ARNISH: We are a great support ‑‑
the Pattison Group record I think speaks for itself, is a great supporter of
FACTOR, we received a very nice award from them last year at the Canadian
Association of Broadcasters Convention for ‑‑ along with other
broadcasting companies as well. We
certainly support the CAB Starmaker and Radio Fund‑‑ Starmaker
Fund, those are great programs as well.
We just believe in Western Canada.
There isn't a program of this such, of this type that could benefit where
it will benefit the most and that is with youth in musical programs, in high
schools and youth coming out of high school and wanting the help and the
opportunity to be taken to the next big level and make themselves the best of
the best.
2761 As
I said in Calgary, around our table in the Pattison Broadcast Group we are
extremely proud of this legacy ‑‑ if you give us the
opportunity we will be extremely proud of this legacy that our broadcast group
can leave to Canada's youth. And as I
discussed, I think even funding from our foundation for a jazz band from Grande
Prairie to travel to Chicoutimi to exchange Canadian youth viewpoints in Canada
I think is a wonderful opportunity. And
this fund that we have set up will allow that to be a legacy going
forward. And as I said in Calgary, I
think Canadians talking to Canadians is what we have to do. We have to continue that process, especially
young Canadians talking to young Canadians and what better way than through
music and them exchanging ideas and exchanging travel between one province and
the other.
2762 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Well, could you look
specifically at CARAS MusiCan, so we have answer for the record?
2763 MR.
ARNISH: Yes, I will.
2764 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Well, now it is it the last
opportunity that you have to pitch for your inquiry, so I am giving you two
minutes to tell us why the Pattison Group should get the licence.
2765 MR.
ARNISH: Thank you very much, Mr.
Chairman Arpin.
2766 I
will be brief, as I have just seven points to make. The Jim Pattison Broadcast Group believes
that the granting of a new FM station in Grande Prairie, as we have proposed,
will meet the objectives of the Broadcasting Act as well as contributing to the
objectives that the Commission outlined in its commercial radio policy of 1998
and which is currently under review with the recent CRTC Radio Review.
2767 First,
the proposed station will add a new and distinctive format to the City of Grande
Prairie. The new Drive FM would
accomplish that without duplicating music currently being exposed on either
Grande Prairie FM station.
2768 Second,
the application by the Pattison Broadcast Group includes a comprehensive
package of tangible benefits that totals $2,075,000 in direct costs and an
additional $2.1 million in indirect expenses, which equals to $4,175,000. The Canadian talent initiatives are well
thought out and are designed to have an immediate and a positive effect in
Northern Alberta.
2769 Three,
the application by the Pattison Broadcast Group includes a significant
commitment to news and information spoken word content. In a rural community access to information is
critical and we have responded with a promise of a minimum of nine hours and 15
minutes of new news and sports coverage weekly, plus a minimum of additional
three hours and 30 minutes in live local surveillance information.
2770 Four,
approval of our application will result in the creation of at least 15 new jobs
in the broadcast industry.
2771 Five,
licensing a new station to the Pattison Broadcast Group will strengthen one of
the very few multi‑station broadcasting companies based Western
Canada. It will allow us to develop positive
synergies with our existing station in Grande Prairie and will deepen our
commitment to the north.
2772 Six,
the Pattison Broadcast Group understands and thrives on small‑market
radio. We are thoroughly familiar with
the special relationship between a radio station and the community in small
markets. We embrace the extra level of
civic service required of small market stations and that, combined with the
synergies we would develop with our existing Grande Prairie station, will allow
us to provide a level of service to the community that a standalone station
will find difficult to match.
2773 And
seven, our company is based in Western Canada with a strong contingent of
stations throughout Alberta. We have
strong connections to the social, political and economic life in the
province. The residents, listeners and
business community of Grande Prairie have unequivocally endorsed our
application for 104.7 The Drive with 107 letters of support, a 350‑name
petition and countless interveners wishing to appear on our behalf at this
hearing.
2774 Mr.
Chairman, members of the Commission, our group plays an intricate role in the
make‑up of the community of Grande Prairie. The community has recognized this commitment
by giving us their overwhelming support for a second FM radio licence. We won't disappoint them or you if you grant
us this privileged opportunity.
2775 On
behalf of the entire Jim Pattison Broadcast Group team I thank you for this
opportunity to appear before you and wish you well in your deliberations.
2776 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you very much, Mr.
Arnish. Thank you very much to your
team.
2777 We
will break for lunch and we will start at 2:00.
‑‑‑ Upon recessing
at 1301 / Suspension à 1301
‑‑‑ Upon resuming
at 1411 / Reprise à 1411
2778 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you for waiting. We will resume the hearing.
2779 Madam
Secretary, could you introduce the next applicant.
2780 THE
SECRETARY: Thank you, Mr. Chairman.
2781 We
will now proceed with Item No. 8 on the agenda, which is an application by
Vista Radio Limited for a licence to operate an English language FM commercial
radio programming undertaking in Grande Prairie. The new station would operate on frequency
104.7 MHz (channel 284C) with an effective radiated power of 100,000 watts (non‑directional
antenna/ antenna height of 218.1 metres).
2782 Appearing
for the applicant is Ms Margot Micallef who will introduce her colleagues.
2783 You
will then have 20 minutes for your presentation.
2784 Ms
Micallef...?
PRESENTATION / PRÉSENTATION
2785 MS
MICALLEF: Thank you.
2786 Good
afternoon, Mr. Chairman, Members of the Commission, CRTC staff.
2787 Before
commencing our presentation I will introduce our panel.
2788 My
name is Margot Micallef and I'm the Chair and CEO of Vista Radio Limited. To my immediate left is Bryan Edwards the
President of Vista Radio Limited. To his
immediate left is Jason Mann our Vice‑President Programming. To Jason's immediate left is Glenn Hicks our
Director of News and Spoken Word for Vista Radio. To my right is Paul Mann Executive Vice‑President
Operations for Vista Radio.
2789 Mr.
Chairman, Members of the Commission, we are now ready to start our
presentation.
2790 It
is an honour to appear before you today with an application for a new FM
station to serve Grande Prairie, Alberta.
The basis of our proposal is simple.
Grande Prairie has a booming and expanding economy estimated by the
Financial Post at $1.2 billion annually and there is a clear demand for
additional choice by the citizens of Grande Prairie.
2791 Vista
will introduce a distinct format to Grande Prairie designed to reach one of the
largest unserved segments of the adult radio listening population.
2792 Vista
has a strong well funded business plan which will enable Vista to ably compete
with the two well established commercial broadcasters already in Grande
Prairie.
2793 Vista
will bring a new editorial voice to northwestern Alberta. Vista will make a significant direct
contribution to the development of Canadian talent and, finally, by providing a
new radio station reflective of the community with a significant emphasis on
local programming. Our application will
clearly meet your licensing criteria and benefit the Canadian broadcast system.
2794 MR.
EDWARDS: Vista Radio's commitment is to
be a strong western Canadian small and medium market broadcaster providing
local content which is relevant and very connected to the needs of our
audiences.
2795 The
addition of an FM station in Grande Prairie helps form the foundation of our
expansion into Alberta where most of our shareholders currently reside. In fact, a group of our shareholders are the
founders of one of the largest employers in the Grande Prairie area. Birchcliff Energy has invested upwards to
$300 million in the area and shares Vista's values of supporting the
communities in which we operate.
2796 As
a small market broadcaster Vista has and continues to make major commitments in
all of the communities we are licensed to serve. We have local management in place at all of
our stations and all of them make local decisions in the best interests of
their respective markets.
2797 Vista
not only endeavours to employ people locally but to ensure that each of our
stations has sufficient on air and information personnel to deliver a distinct
musical sound, excellent local news and an absolute dedication to the
communities in which we operate. We view
our stations not only as the voice of their communities but the building blocks
of those communities as well. We support
the issues which are important to our listeners.
2798 Over
the past 60 days we have raised a total of almost $100,000 for the Cowichan
Regional Hospital in Duncan, the Therapeutic Riding Association in Powell River
and the Children's Miracle Network in Prince George.
2799 Our
business plan is threefold: one, to give
each of our stations a professional sound with its unique identity; two, to
staff each of our stations with local personnel; and, three, to deliver local
programming relevant to that community.
2800 MR.
P. MANN: Why Grande Prairie? Because Grande Prairie is clearly an
underserved radio market.
2801 You
have heard yesterday and today from all seven of the applicants who have preceded
us that Grande Prairie is a thriving city and the citizens of Grande Prairie
are crying out for more choice. You have
also heard that advertisers and others can't get on the air and that
significant advertising dollars are leaving radio and the community.
2802 For
example, we have been told that significant radio revenue is being taken out of
the market to stations in Fort St. John, Dawson Creek and Peace River. More choice in Grande Prairie and more radio
inventory in Grande Prairie will help repatriate some of that market spending
and further grow what has already been confirmed by one of the incumbents at
something approaching a $9 million radio market. This number is substantially higher than any
of the applicants have projected as the annual radio revenue in Grande Prairie.
2803 When
we started our analysis at the time of this application, almost one year ago,
the Grande Prairie retail climate stood at about $914 million. Recently, the Financial Post updated those
figures and today the projected retail sales for 2006 are at $1.2 billion. That's $200 million more than the last
prediction for fiscal 2007.
2804 We
are not going to repeat what is already on the record. All of the previous applicants have shown
evidence that supports the viability of not one but likely two new FM stations
in the market. This view was supported
yesterday by OK Radio, an incumbent who has enjoyed the benefits of this
thriving market and who knows it well.
2805 MR.
J. MANN: To begin with, our proposal is
for a Classic Rock FM station specifically designed to appeal to a core
audience between 35 and 44 years of age and, more broadly, adults 30‑49,
many of whom are now listening elsewhere to satisfy their hunger for the music
they grew up on.
2806 Even
though the median age in Grande Prairie is 29.7 years old, this group of
respondents was satisfied that their music of choice, a more modern selection,
was being met.
2807 MR.
P. MANN: The research provided to Vista
by Decima Research suggested Classic Rock would fill a major void in the
market. According to the research, it
simply says:
"...a format targeted at adults
between 35 and 44 years of age and, more broadly, adults 30 to 49, where the largest
void exists, and a mainstream format that will have the least impact on any of
the existing commercial stations."
(As read)
2808 Therefore,
Vista will be able to monetize that opportunity by growing overall market
revenue as clearly the two existing formats leave a large unserved void in that
market. This substantially unserved
target audience is extremely valuable to the local advertising community and
therefore we are confident the revenue projections in our application are
realistic.
2809 MR.
J. MANN: Vista's research mandate
specifically outlined two objectives:
number one, to locate a format that would be commercially viable and
popular; number two, to locate a format that while popular would have minimal
impact on the incumbent commercial stations and also serves the greatest unmet
need in the market.
2810 In
Classic Rock we have found a format that will primarily appeal to adults
between 35 and 44 years of age and, more broadly, adults 30 to 49, by reintroducing
many songs and artists which are not being aired locally in any significant
numbers.
2811 Classic
Rock, 104.7, has been designed to speak to the baby boom generation that is
currently being underserved in Grande Prairie.
The station will present a wide scope of Classic Rock artists, including
the Rolling Stones, David Bowie, Neil Young, Led Zeppelin, Rush, Van Halen, the
Eagles, Robbie Robertson and Aerosmith.
2812 To
fulfil Cancom commitments, we will not only revisit past Canadian acts but we
will also present newer Canadian artists who are compatible with the overall
sound of the station. Artists like Matt Mays and El Torpedo, 54‑40,
Colin James, Jeremy Fisher, the Trews and Mr. Completely, which is a Campbell
River band, that our stations on Vancouver Island were the first to play.
2813 Our
view is that the insertion of more up‑to‑date Canadian acts will
add a variety and freshness to our format without breaching the overall premise
of Classic Rock 104.7. After all, the
key to this station is that it will be providing a much greater amount of
1960s, '70s and '80s Classic Rock music than the existing stations currently do
and in doing so it will be focused specifically on serving adults between 35
and 44 years of age and, more broadly, adults 30 to 49.
2814 MR.
HICKS: But Classic Rock 104.7 will do a
lot more than satisfy the music needs and wants of Grande Prairie. It will take back the streets, a very clear
Vista Group news policy now mandated in all of our small market stations. By taking back the streets I mean when it
comes to knowing, respecting, understanding and reflecting the new stories,
issues and debates going on right in our very own communities, in our own
backyard.
2815 Vista
has a very clear news philosophy in place.
We handle news in a way that engages local interest in terms of people's
health, heart and wallet. We offer an
almost blanket reflection of our local communities. We make sure our newscasts focus on the local,
local and local and when that is not enough we give them more local.
2816 This
is such an important area for us in Classic Rock 104.7. It is quite a commitment to offer extensive
local hourly news programming seven days a week. I have listened to so‑called local
radio stations that claim they are in touch with community news but end up
filling newscasts with wires copy and audio from areas that are nowhere near
their own small markets and with very little relevance. Wires can quickly become a crutch.
2817 Classic
Rock 104.7 will deliver six hours of local newscasts per week, 12 newscasts per
weekday, another 12 at the weekend, and we will have a target local content
quota of 80 per cent or better. That is
precisely what we endeavour to do every day in our current operations.
2818 Four
out of every five stories in most newscasts there are local with audio clips
making our newscasts a mosaic of real local voices, and that's before local
sports stories.
2819 We
are passionate about local news at Vista.
Grande Prairie will get that passion too. With our research indicating the greatest
need in the market is the more mature news‑needy and news‑aware age
bracket, we know that our attitude to saturating the airwaves with relevant
local news content will satisfy that market.
2820 Other
than the scheduled news, we will also run structured spoken word content along
these lines: special 90‑second agri‑bus and energy reports which
will run twice per weekday, that's 30 minutes a week; and that's in
addition to weather updates in each cast and regular road reports, they
contribute another two hours of spoken word a week. Furthermore, there will be hourly 60‑second
community service announcements, entertainment and community events. That's seven days a week, three times a
day. That's almost another one hour and
30 minutes of spoken word.
2821 All
of these components add up to a total of over 10 hours of spoken word a week.
2822 We
will appeal to those currently not listening to the radio in Grande Prairie or
those listening less because their genuine local content needs are not being
met.
2823 When
it comes to news we know and understand our place, our duty and on what level
we can genuinely offer something more and something new in a small marketplace.
2824 MR.
EDWARDS: Mr. Chairman and Members of the
Commission, we would like to update the Commission on Vista's policy regarding
Canadian talent development.
2825 Vista
is prepared to make a direct cash commitment of $500,000 over a seven‑year
period or $71,000 a year in support of Canadian talent development.
2826 At
the time we filed our application we intended to direct our CTD commitment in
five initiatives: the first being area,
the second to Starmaker Fund, the third to a music and schools program for
Grande Prairie, the fourth to FACTOR, and the last to a talent search
initiative called Front and Centre. This
last initiative was to be managed by Vista.
2827 We
have reviewed the letter of intervention by CIRPA and we intend, with your
permission, to heed the requests of CIRPA to redirect the $87,000 originally
aimed at our Front and Centre initiative to FACTOR. We agree with CIRPA that these programs are
well managed and well received and that there is no need to duplicate this
program.
2828 MR.
P. MANN: Our new station will employ,
starting from the launch day of the Grande Prairie operation, 16 new full‑time
employees and one part‑time employee, including on‑air announcers,
news, sports reporters, creative writers, salespeople, administrative and
promotional personnel.
2829 We
are committed to being a local radio station and Vista's operating philosophy
of investing our money in small and medium markets across western Canada is one
that we maintain now and in the future.
2830 We
are committed to hiring from the local community when possible and endeavour to
mirror within our company the demographics of the communities we serve.
2831 Vista
Radio is committed to creating a barrier‑free, respectful workplace and
corporate culture that offers equal opportunity and reflects the diversity of
the communities we serve.
2832 MS
MICALLEF: Mr. Chairman and Members of
the Commission, let's quickly review the merits of our application.
2833 We
have provided evidence underlining the strengths and dramatic growth of Grande
Prairie and the need in this community for two or more stations.
2834 We
propose a music format that is commercially viable and which will add diversity
in the market.
2835 Our
business plan is well thought out and we are well capitalized.
2836 Our
revenues are achievable and our costs are reasonable.
2837 We
will bring a new editorial voice to Grande Prairie with a commitment to news
that is presently unmatched in the market.
2838 We
will fully meet the Canadian content requirements and are prepared to allocate
over $70,000 per year for a total of $500,000 over a seven‑year term to
support Canadian talent development.
2839 From
day one, Vista will be committed to creating a workforce that reflects the
cultural diversity of Grande Prairie and the province as a whole. Our mantra is local.
2840 Paul,
Jason, Bryan and I founded this company with a commitment to operating in small
and medium markets.
2841 Unlike
many of our competitors, these small communities are not an afterthought to us,
they are our focus.
2842 Our
stations stand on their own. They are
not mini versions of larger market stations.
We do not have a bear and a little bear station or a cool and a less
cool station. We strive to give each of
the communities we serve the opportunity to identify with a station that
mirrors their community.
2843 This
application will not only contribute significantly to the objectives of the
Broadcasting Act but it is truly a reflection of the commitment Vista Radio is
now bringing to all of its small market radio stations and the communities we
are licensed to serve.
2844 I
wish to thank the Commission for this opportunity to explain our proposal and
we would welcome your questions at this time.
2845 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you,
Ms Micallef.
2846 I
think your introductory remarks and your application speak for themselves so I
will go immediately to my list of questions.
Some may appear to you basic, but we need your views for the record.
2847 I
know that regarding the Front and Centre project that you have, you are
changing the initiative to go to FACTOR.
I have noticed that you have done the same thing also for your Fort
McMurray application.
2848 MS
MICALLEF: Yes, we have.
2849 THE
CHAIRPERSON: We will start by talking
about your demographic. You have been
talking about reaching an audience of 35, 44 or even extending it by five years
in the two directions so covering 30 to 49.
You are saying it is going to be evenly balanced between men and women.
2850 Directionally,
we know that Classic Rock is more skewed toward males than females. Could you explain to us why you have decided
to target your station equally between men and women?
2851 MS
MICALLEF: Certainly. I will ask Jason Mann to please address that.
2852 MR.
J. MANN: Thank you for the question.
2853 Indeed,
typically a Classic Rock station would, at the high end anyways, be three
portions to one portion male to female audience, but I think it's more in the
perspective. I think the perspective was
that the format would skew much closer 50/50, somewhere in the neighbourhood of
55/45 or maybe depending on the actual market performance 60/40. Certainly, that is a significant difference
than 3:1 as well.
2854 The
size of the whole in the marketplace speaks to repatriating disenfranchised
female listeners who we envision selecting our radio station if it was the only
radio station in the marketplace, and we have broadened our playlist and made
it a little bit softer than the typical Classic Rock station.
2855 Those
are sort of the key areas where we would see attracting that type of an
audience composition.
2856 THE
CHAIRPERSON: You choose to target your
programming toward ‑‑ even if the research that Decima
conducted for you is saying that the format will be much more attractive to men
than to women?
2857 MR.
J. MANN: This is definitely an
interesting discussion. I will draw a
little bit on my experience with Jet FM in Courtenay, CFCP‑FM. Some of it comes to the non‑music
elements of the radio station, some of the stationality, what we do, what we
say on the air, what we do in the community.
2858 For
example, we did a wedding wish promotion where we gave a $50,000 wedding prize
to a lucky couple and it was dynamic and it was very much female skewed as far
as appeal, so we saw a very high female response.
2859 Additionally,
and I don't know how much more you want me to speak on the subject but as far
as Classic Rock radio stations go you really don't have any pure Classic Rock
radio stations in Canada. The genesis of
Classic Rock might be said to be in the United States. In Canada, due to Cancon and non‑hit
and hit regulations you will have a variance in the era and format composition
of the Classic Rock format.
2860 Whereas
most Classic Rock stations in Canada tend to skew more modern Alternative Rock
as far as their current portions of their playlists, we would tend to skew on
the softer side of current selections, still guitar‑based, guitar‑driven
and considered Rock music by all means.
You know, a Jeremy Fisher is going to have a significant female appeal.
2861 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Why do you say that there
is room for Classic Rock in Grande Prairie?
Obviously, there are only two other radio stations in the market, and
you and many others have identified Classic Rock as being the format of choice,
but ‑‑
2862 MR.
J. MANN: Certainly the other applicants
have corroborated our research.
2863 Back
in June‑July of last year Decima conducted the research, 400
respondents. The methodology included an
unaided recall as far as what format is missing in the marketplace and the
first format or the top format in that line of questioning was indeed Classic
Rock. Then Decima tested four other
formats, which also included Classic Rock and gave examples of the type of
music a pure Classic Rock format would attract, and it scored at the top of the
list as well as far as desire.
2864 Then,
on the other side of the spectrum, what was available. They asked the residents of Grande Prairie
what was and wasn't available, and so low availability for Classic Rock, the
lowest availability, perceived availability of Classic Rock in the marketplace,
and the highest demand.
2865 So
I think that is why you are seeing that many applications for Classic Rock or
variations thereof.
2866 In
your submission you said that obviously Classic Rock is your format of choice
but the situation will change, and I'm quoting you from your supplementary
brief:
"The situation will change
however if an existing station begins to use the Classic Rock music format
before a new licence is granted. We have
an alternative." (As read)
2867 Can
you expand on which alternative you are talking about and what will be the
impact of that alternative on your business plan?
2868 MR.
J. MANN: In our supplementary brief we
had indicated Classic Hits would be our alternate. We believe that the older age demographics
are underserved in the community to the point where there is definitely room
for two Gold‑based stations there.
2869 I
think the invisible hand of the free market will move subtly and at some point
in time we will find, you know, our way if we were licensed there and certainly
believe that there is an economic model for radio stations in the
marketplace. There would be definitely
four distinct opportunities.
2870 As
far as it impacting our business plan, I will defer...
2871 MR.
P. MANN: Frankly, between the Classic
Rock and Classic Hits options format, we didn't see having to make one choice
or the other if it came to that making an appreciable or material difference on
the overall business plan, and that was, candidly, before we clearly got
recognition that the market was about a third larger.
2872 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Yesterday we heard one of
the applicants presenting some kind of a hybrid situation where it will be two
thirds Classic Rock and Classic Hits. If
we were to grant them a licence and also to Vista another licence, what will
you do?
2873 MR.
J. MANN: Well, I think that it has been
stated that the first two beyond the air in the ‑‑ well, the
incumbents actually have the first advantage, and I would imagine they will be
actively repositioning their radio stations when things have been announced.
2874 The
first new radio station in the marketplace is going to definitely have the
advantage of choice. There will be a mad
rush for positioning and it would depend on where we were ‑‑
if we were licensed ‑‑ where we entered into the marketplace,
either third or fourth. We would
definitely be supportive of maintaining a distinction in formats.
2875 I'm
sorry; did I answer your question?
2876 THE
CHAIRPERSON: No, no, you did, but obviously
unless you have a third choice to ‑‑
2877 MR.
J. MANN: Oh, a third choice.
2878 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Yes.
2879 MS
MICALLEF: If I may, it will come down to
assessing the market at the time we were to launch. If Sun was to change its format to an older
format, they may very well leave room for a very younger format, so it may be
that we would fill that niche. So at the
time when we are licensed we would reassess the market and determine what the
need was.
2880 Assuming
all things stay the same, our first choice would be Classic Rock, our second
choice would be Classic Hits with no change to our projections or our business
plan.
2881 Does
that answer the question?
2882 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Well, it does, but
obviously I'm looking at all the various alternatives.
2883 Eventually,
if you were to move towards a younger demographic then it will probably have an
impact on your business plan.
2884 MS
MICALLEF: Possibly. But right now the younger demographic is
being satisfied by the current stations in the marketplace.
2885 THE
CHAIRPERSON: And I'm talking business
plans in the broader sense, not only regarding the financial aspect of
generating revenues and the expense side but also your plans for news and
verbal content. I would suspect that if
you target a very different group of listeners than the one you have already
planned, you may have to change totally your tactic.
2886 MR.
J. MANN: I think it would depend ‑‑
and again going back to resurveying the marketplace to better serve it.
2887 You
know, OK/Rogers, currently their radio station is exhibiting traits of an AC
station in many respects as far as tuning and audience. If they position themselves closer to AC, we
would probably come in with the younger format.
If they position themselves towards that younger format then AC might be
the way to go.
2888 THE
CHAIRPERSON: I read in your application
for Fort McMurray that you have chosen Classic Hits as the privileged format
and Classic Rock as the secondary choice.
In the case of Grande Prairie you went along with Classic Rock first and
Classic Hits second.
2889 Are
there major demographic differences between Grande Prairie and Fort McMurray so
as to choose one format in one market and the other one in the other market?
2890 MR.
J. MANN: I wouldn't suggest that there
are significant demographic differences.
They both have fairly young and vibrant ‑‑ I don't have
the median ages for both markets right here in front of me, but I think the
thing that was distinguished in the research was the mainstream radio station
in Fort McMurray is definitely more Rock‑leaning in exhibiting
listenership.
2891 THE
CHAIRPERSON: The incumbents are more
Rock than they are in this market, obviously with one being Country.
2892 What
are the differences that you are making between your own application for
Classic Rock and the other applicant?
2893 MR.
J. MANN: With the information that I
have been able to review as part of the other applications, in the other
applicants' applications, which is not conclusive but at any rate from what I
can tell it would seem that with OK/Rogers proposing a greater amount of New
Rock music their station will, typically based on the artist that they have
presented as samples, would be harder and newer. Sun Country and Crude looks as if the
majority of their music base would be older and harder and the newer portion of
their music base would be harder than our music from the newer selections.
2894 I
think Vista and Pattison are probably about equal as far as what you would
expect to hear the station sounding like.
They might disagree with that.
2895 Bear Creek
seems to me to skew just a little bit softer yet because of the introduction of
Classic Hits into the format than say Vista and Pattison, and Newcap even
softer than that but still as old as being Classic Hits applicants.
2896 I
have a little bit of a grid. I sort of
placed it out. I don't know ‑‑
2897 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Yes. I have been following you with your grid.
2898 Have
you made the grid available to the other applicants? They might want to comment at the time of
intervention on your grid.
2899 MS
MICALLEF: We have provided copies to the
Secretary.
2900 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Could you make sure that a
copy is made available in the record so that the other applicants can look at
the grid and make comments if they so wish?
2901 THE
SECRETARY: I have copies and I will
bring them to the examination room, so any applicants who wish a copy can go
directly to the examination room.
2902 MS
MICALLEF: We waive our copyright.
2903 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Oh, they just waived their
copyright. Okay, Madam Secretary, we are
now selling it to the other applicants.
‑‑‑ Laughter /
Rires
2904 MS
MICALLEF: Is that a fundraiser?
‑‑‑ Laughter /
Rires
2905 THE
CHAIRPERSON: While we are still on the
demographic, I will ask immediately my question about you are aiming at the 35‑44
but extended it to 30 to 49 but what will be the median age of your listeners?
2906 MR.
J. MANN: Forty.
2907 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Forty. And it will be largely 55/45 male.
2908 Okay. Now we will move to news.
2909 In
your application you have stated that you were to offer approximately 72 weekly
newscasts including continuous surveillance, entertainment and cultural
programming, as well as two business‑related programs focusing on the oil
and gas and the agricultural industry.
To accomplish these offerings you propose to hire three full‑time
equivalent journalists.
2910 I
know that you have provided us with a list of personnel and obviously, yes,
there are still three journalists on your list.
What will be the function of these journalists and how will they gather
their information? Will they be the same
people who will do some of the features that you are planning including those
who are music‑related?
2911 MR.
HICKS: Yes. Mr. Chair, when it comes to the news team,
you are quite right, we have three full‑timers there. We also have in the budget an allocation that
would allow for some part‑time work as well.
2912 Just
the logistics of day‑to‑day covering of a local news environment,
you are going to get contacts and people who are going to be out there with the
energy sector, the agri‑bus sector, so I would, as a news director of the
station, I would advise my new news director to assign beats, so of your three
full‑timers one of them would logically have a beat that would probably
include the agri‑bus in that general eight‑hour day. I would like to assign my second news person
as the person who would have the energy beat.
They are in constant contact every day with people associated with those
key news sectors, so they would be responsible ‑‑ the news
team would be responsible for putting together those specialist features in
addition to their local news gathering.
2913 THE
CHAIRPERSON: You also have planned for
features that are directed towards entertainment in the music area. Will those features be done by your news
people or will they be done by the programming people?
2914 MR.
HICKS: I will defer that to Jason.
2915 MR.
J. MANN: By programming.
2916 THE
CHAIRPERSON: By the programming people.
2917 Can
you please elaborate on the synergies between your proposed station and the
other Vista holdings that you have in British Columbia?
2918 I
don't think you have any stations yet in Alberta.
2919 MR.
EDWARDS: Not yet.
2920 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Not yet.
2921 MR.
EDWARDS: The only real synergies, as I
answered the same question in Calgary, was that our synergies will be in all
the back office equipment, traffic, accounting, et cetera. We intend to run the stations as local
identities. In virtually every market we
are in we run a different format and there is ‑‑ unless it was
a purchased network, for example, on the island, we don't see a lot of
synergies between the stations.
2922 Obviously,
if there is news, that's going to have an impact in one market and the other we
would share them but, you know, if the question is are we going to network or
are we going to simulcast, the answer is no.
2923 THE
CHAIRPERSON: But back office, when you
are talking back office ‑‑ I noticed that you have here
"receptionist/traffic" on your list.
Didn't you mention that you were considering traffic to be centralized
somewhere?
2924 MR.
EDWARDS: Yes. In fact, your memory is excellent. We did bring that up and since we have seen
you last we have implemented it. Of
course this application is a year old and we have found a traffic system that
is mobile anywhere in North America so there is no longer a need for a local
traffic person per se.
2925 THE
CHAIRPERSON: And are there other back
office support that are either centralized or ‑‑
2926 MR.
EDWARDS: Yes. Accounting and billing would be the same.
2927 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Will be the same. And because of the software that you are
using it could be done from anywhere ‑‑
2928 MR.
EDWARDS: Anywhere.
2929 THE
CHAIRPERSON: ‑‑ but I would suspect it's done out of Duncan.
2930 MR.
EDWARDS: Actually, Courtenay.
2931 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Courtenay.
2932 You
mentioned in your oral presentation that 100 per cent of your programming will
be local. Which portion will be local
live and which portion will be voice‑tracked?
2933 MR.
EDWARDS: We intend to be live throughout
the broadcast day. I guess the only
caveat to that would be that there has already been some discussion about the
cost of living and the availability of qualified staff, so obviously in a
temporary shortness we might find ourselves having to revert to voice‑tracking
but our intent is to be live.
2934 THE
CHAIRPERSON: To that effect, you are
planning to have five full‑time programming staff. Have you an idea of the schedule that they
are going to have, because five full‑time, we are talking here 126 hours
a week? For five people that is ‑‑
some of them will have much longer shifts than others.
2935 MR.
EDWARDS: Four‑hour shifts per
weekday and then on weekends we would have an extended 6:00 to noon or 8:00 to
two o'clock shift, so we wouldn't be full on the broadcast day on weekends.
2936 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Regarding spoken word, you
would be forced to change formats. Have
you any idea what kind of spoken word you will be contemplating? Will you be changing some of the features and
virtually the energy and the ‑‑ obviously if you are catering
more to the younger generation, are they as interested in the agricultural and
the energy features that you have contemplated?
2937 MR.
EDWARDS: Between the two stated
preferred formats, Classic Rock and Classic Hits, it would stay the same. If there was a third vastly different format,
the amount of spoken word wouldn't change but I think we would probably want to
look and see what the interests were of those that would end up ultimately
being at the core of our audience.
2938 THE
CHAIRPERSON: We will move now towards
CTD.
2939 You
have agreed to, and you have listed, your CTD commitments in your ‑‑
the annual contribution that you have ‑‑ well, you are aiming
to contribute $500,000 over a seven‑year period, which is over $71,000
per year, which includes a $3,000 contribution towards the CAB plan, while the
Grande Prairie market has been considered a small market by the CAB definition,
but you have committed to spend $3,000 into CTD in accordance with the CAB
plan.
2940 Will
you accept that as a condition of licence?
2941 MR.
EDWARDS: Absolutely.
2942 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Are you suggesting to the
Commission that we, throughout the review of radio, consider that, from now on,
Grande Prairie is a medium‑sized market rather than a small‑sized
market, a small market?
2943 MR.
EDWARDS: No. I don't think we are suggesting that at all.
2944 THE
CHAIRPERSON: It's only a commitment of
yours.
2945 MR.
EDWARDS: That's correct.
2946 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Okay. Fine.
2947 The
$87,000 for the Grande Prairie ‑‑ you have already answered
that. Yes. You're switching that fund to FACTOR.
2948 You
have indicated that you will be devoting a minimum of $68,428, that's the
remaining amount other than the $3,000 I have just referred to, here in direct
CTD. For the purpose of clarity in
considering that most undertakings do not implement in the first year of their
licence term, will you agree to a condition of licence directing the minimum of
$68,428 to CTD over seven consecutive years, broadcast years, rather than the first
licence term?
2949 MR.
EDWARDS: Yes, over seven years. Yes.
2950 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Seven consecutive years.
2951 MR.
EDWARDS: Seven consecutive years.
2952 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Okay. Fine.
2953 Are
you planning any synergies between your ‑‑ if you were to be
granted a licence for Grande Prairie and another one for Fort McMurray, do you
contemplate any synergies between the two?
2954 MR.
HICKS: I'll go ahead.
2955 From
the news perspective, it's probable from a regional news perspective, possible
shared angles, possible assistance in both the Grande Prairie and Fort McMurray
newsrooms to use each other's stories as a lead to bounce onto other stories
and other angles. There is a potential
for story‑sharing synergies between those two newsrooms.
2956 But
again, when I direct newsrooms to look at each other's work, it's generally not
a signal for them to smash and grab and steal.
It's generally, as any decent newsroom knows gathering decent local
news, you look at each other's work as a helping hand to bounce you into the
next angle, to look for genuine local angles pertinent to your community.
2957 So
not necessarily story sharing but, you know, process and idea sharing from the
news perspective.
2958 THE
CHAIRPERSON: And for other verbal
components...?
2959 MR.
J. MANN: I think really the only one
that might have some shared application would be the energy report. A very similar economic base in that
respect. Not so much agriculture in Fort
McMurray. I think that that beat might
be a shared beat, but that's pretty small in the scope of things.
2960 THE
CHAIRPERSON: We discussed earlier about
synergies, but I'm looking at your employee grid and I don't see any technical
in your list of employees.
2961 MR.
P. MANN: I could perhaps answer that
one.
2962 There
is what is equivalent to roughly a half position under "Technical"
shown in our budget. It is indeed a
shared position, as we would see it, across two or more markets. So while we have it budgeted within a line in
the technical department, we didn't count that in the 16.5. We in fact left it out because it would be a
body who may or may not live in Grande Prairie or Fort McMurray. It could be one or the other but sharing
between a couple of those markets.
2963 MR.
J. MANN: And in the event that there was
only one licence granted to Vista in the process, if we were so lucky, it would
be just a part‑time position.
2964 MR.
P. MANN: That's why we didn't show it
within the actual personnel positions chart.
2965 THE
CHAIRPERSON: I have a few questions
regarding your corporate matters and particularly your shareholder's agreement.
2966 As
you probably are aware, as there has been an exchange of correspondence, the
Commission is still waiting for the final copy concerning all the signatures of
the shareholder's agreement. Could you confirm
that there were no amendments to the shareholder's agreement per se? We have a copy but we don't have the copy
with the full signatures. Would you
confirm that the copy that we have is the shareholder's agreement, the formal
shareholder's agreement?
2967 MS
MICALLEF: Yes, I will. There have been no changes to the former that
was sent in to the Commission and we have today in fact filed all of the
signature pages with the Commission.
2968 THE
CHAIRPERSON: So we did receive
them. Did you file them here or
you ‑‑
2969 MS
MICALLEF: We filed them in Ottawa.
2970 THE
CHAIRPERSON: In Ottawa, through the
usual ePass system.
2971 MS
MICALLEF: Correct.
2972 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Lucky you, you know how it
works.
‑‑‑ Laughter /
Rires
2973 THE
CHAIRPERSON: I have never discovered it
myself. I was appointed early enough not
to have to learn it.
2974 You
did mention that the market could sustain ‑‑ you started by one,
then you said two stations. Could we
discuss a bit further about the various alternate scenarios if we were to grant
you a licence and one of the incumbents a licence? What impact would it have on your view and on
your business plan, if any?
2975 MR.
EDWARDS: You said one incumbent.
2976 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Yes.
2977 MR.
EDWARDS: Not the nightmare that was on
the table ‑‑
2978 THE
CHAIRPERSON: No, no, I will come ‑‑
‑‑‑ Laughter /
Rires
2979 THE
CHAIRPERSON: If you want to comment
because that is going to be my secondary question.
2980 MR.
EDWARDS: Okay. Well, let's comment reverse order then.
2981 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Okay.
2982 MR.
EDWARDS: I think others have spoken to
it. I think if you were going to licence
a third commercial station and give each of the incumbents another FM, that
certainly would put that new player at a significant disadvantage.
2983 If
you were to licence one of the incumbents and a new player, needless to say the
disadvantage wouldn't be quite as significant.
2984 If
you are going to then ask me in a perfect world what should you do ‑‑
am I anticipating?
2985 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Yes. Oh, yes.
2986 MR.
EDWARDS: We certainly would support two
new entrants to the marketplace.
2987 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Obviously, if the
Commission was to be generous and gave three licences, is there a specific one
you think would be complementary to the proposal that you have and would not
hurt your business plan?
2988 MR.
EDWARDS: Well, if you are talking about
giving three licences and one of them is a special leave, then that
wouldn't ‑‑ we don't see that that would be a problem.
2989 THE
CHAIRPERSON: When OK Radio appeared they
said that they were aware that the Peace River radio station has applied for a
re‑broad that will partially cover the market of Grande Prairie. Do you think it will have an impact on
the ‑‑ if the Commission was to approve that re‑broad,
do you think it will have a significant impact on your plan if we were, say, to
grant two licences, one specialty and that re‑broad? That makes four new players around the table.
2990 MR.
P. MANN: I will respond to that.
2991 I
think given that we now clearly understand that we are in a $9 million,
probably a $10 million market by the time these licences happen, if there
are multiple licences, it is quite a different premise from where all of the
business plans, by and large, have been built for this event.
2992 Given
that we are in that range today and we already know that there are dollars
going to the Peace River Group as well as the Standard Group on the British
Columbia side, I don't think on nine‑plus million dollars today is the
reality that the additional share for a re‑broad who may pick up some
additional peripheral audience is going to make a significant impact on a
market this size.
2993 THE
CHAIRPERSON: We all have the same
question, the technical question.
2994 If
we were to grant you the licence but not at the frequency that you have applied
for, do you think you would be able to find another one if ‑‑
2995 MR.
EDWARDS: Absolutely.
2996 THE
CHAIRPERSON: And if no, why not? Absolutely.
2997 MR.
EDWARDS: Absolutely.
2998 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Well, we have already heard
the answer.
2999 MR.
EDWARDS: And as everyone else has said, in
this market there are plenty of frequencies.
3000 THE
CHAIRPERSON: I know that some of my
colleagues have questions. I will start
with Mrs. Cram.
3001 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Thank you, Mr. Chair. I will be brief.
3002 I
think it was you, Mr. Edwards, who said that your intent is to go 100 per cent
live unless there are, if I can call them, force majeure problems. Would you agree to a COL to that effect?
3003 MR.
EDWARDS: Yes. And one more caveat to that would be as long
as we are not competing with two new FMs owned by the incumbents, because that
would seriously change the business plan.
3004 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Okay.
3005 Now
numbers. Spoken word or spoken word
matrix, if I can take you to that. It is
really the non‑scheduled spoken word at the very bottom that I couldn't
understand. What I couldn't understand
was the last sentence: six hours 45
minutes non‑scheduled spoken word plus nine hours 45 minutes.
3006 Where
did that nine hours 45 minutes come from?
3007 MR.
J. MANN: That would be a typographical
error.
3008 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Oh.
3009 MR.
J. MANN: Sorry.
3010 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Okay. So what is that number supposed to be?
3011 MR.
J. MANN: Instead of 9.45 it would be
10.24.
3012 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: All right. Okay.
3013 MR.
J. MANN: My apologies.
3014 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Perfect. Thank you very much.
3015 Thank
you, Mr. Chair.
3016 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Mr. Langford.
3017 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Thank you, Mr. Chair.
3018 I
just want to bring you back to where the Chairman left off, not on the
technical but on the kind of different scenarios of licensing.
3019 To
go to your more preferred apocalyptic scenario, which would be new players, all
new players that we are licensing, let's say two commercial, perhaps the
gospel, but everyone seems to agree that they can work around that, the
specialty licence, so just taking the two new players, so assume, for example,
that it's you and one of the others, any one of the others, Bear Claw maybe or
something, it doesn't really matter, any one of the new ones, everybody is
going to try to launch first. Everyone
seems to think that's the way to go, stake out their territory.
3020 I
understand that part, but where I wouldn't mind having your insight is on ‑‑
were you here for the Pattison, by the way, the Pattison presentation?
3021 MR.
EDWARDS: We listened to it.
3022 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Good.
3023 On
their kind of apocalyptic scenario that it would be Dodge City ‑‑
I'm paraphrasing, they were much more eloquent than that ‑‑
that the blood would run in the streets, that the rate cards would be slashed,
that everyone would lose.
3024 What
would happen, in your view, if the two incumbents, from a business point of
view, from a dollar point of view, the two incumbents who have been there a
long time, well rooted in the community, yourself and one of the other active,
you know, vibrant players were licensed?
How do you see it working out? Is
it going to be as bleak as the Pattison group suggests?
3025 MR.
EDWARDS: I don't believe it would be.
3026 First
of all, the market is significantly larger than we all thought going in, which
suggests there is a very high rate or suggests that there is a very, very low
inventory level available.
3027 Our
experience has been, in each of the markets that we have gone into, the market
rate has increased by not less than 20 per cent to 25 per cent on a per spot
basis since we entered the marketplace.
We believe in good programming and good programming will command a
respectful rate, and creating a bloodbath in a marketplace doesn't help anyone.
3028 The
only concern I would have is as this hearing goes on there is more and more
licences being granted so I hope we are going to run off soon ‑‑
‑‑‑ Laughter /
Rires
3029 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: That's democracy. I mean once we open the door, or someone
opens it, we don't shut it until everyone who wants to be heard comes through,
which from your perspective is great as long as it's only you, but as the
crowds grow it gets like something out of Virgil.
3030 So
what does happen though? You are telling
me you don't cut the prices, but still your business plan is not exactly as
planned. I take your point that it's a
bigger market and a bigger pot, but still you have to spend a lot of money and
you have to scrap ‑‑ if things go badly where do you find your
savings? You know, you have to stay
afloat. Do you cut news, do you cut
live, go to voice‑tracking? Where
are the logical places to cut?
3031 MR.
EDWARDS: Well, the first logical place
to cut on the expense side is we would probably end up with a little more voice‑tracking
than we would like. That would
traditionally be the evening hours which have typically a low tune‑in.
3032 The
one area we would not cut is spoken word because, once again, one of the
reasons that we have been able to command an increase in the markets that we
are in, some are small and some are a little larger, is because in those
markets we have increases spoken word and increased the commitment to local
content, not just reading a newscast locally but the actual content. The marketplace has responded very well to that. When that happens listenership goes up and
repatriation goes up and dollars go up.
3033 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So maybe we shouldn't hit you
with that COL that my colleague Commissioner Cram suggested on live programming
until we work out in our own minds what else we are going to do to you.
3034 MR.
EDWARDS: That's why it's kind of a
loaded question.
3035 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: It is, yes.
3036 Okay. Well, we will take that under
consideration. That's why we are here.
3037 You
said you wouldn't cut news and that brings me to a question for either your
news guru or yourself, or however you want to do it. It is my last question.
3038 Are
you familiar with the research that was commissioned by OK Radio, which essentially
assessed the marketplace, as all research does, assess their place in the
marketplace as, in a sense, superior in numbers to the other incumbent but with
a little less loyalty? Do you remember
that research? I'm going by memory, but
as I did question them yesterday I think my memory is pretty accurate. That research established, for what it is
worth, that they were doing a crackerjack job on news and they were kind of the
place to go for news.
3039 Does
that inhibit your plan at all? I mean,
you are not going into kind of an empty field, everybody is starting on a level
playing field. From what I'm hearing
from you you are tying a big part of your vision of how to proceed here on news
and spoken word and already in the field is a tried and true success, if their
research is accurate.
3040 Does
that change your views now that you have had access to this file?
3041 MR.
J. MANN: No. The older, mature audience that we intend to
attract to the format, to the station, are typically in fact indexed higher as
far as requirements or demand or need or desire for news and spoken word
content and so if we deviated from that plan I don't think we would be
fulfilling the mandate that our audience would expect or want.
3042 MR.
EDWARDS: And if I could just add one
quick point to that?
3043 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Absolutely.
3044 MR.
EDWARDS: If we went back to, say, circa
1970, the CBC National News service was the only game in town and up starts CTV
who overtook them in that 10‑year period.
3045 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: I have never forgiven them
personally.
‑‑‑ Laughter /
Rires
3046 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: I said it was my last
question, but in response to your response, sir ‑‑ sorry, I
have forgotten your name.
3047 MR.
J. MANN: Jason.
3048 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Jason.
3049 Jason,
Mr. Mann, can I pull out your grid and show it to you? It would be very helpful.
3050 Did
you prepare this grid?
3051 MR.
J. MANN: I did.
3052 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Could you place on this grid
for us the two incumbents, Country and Sun FM?
3053 MR.
J. MANN: Sure.
3054 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: To the best of your
ability. I think we might as well have
the total picture, if that's all right with my colleagues.
3055 MR.
J. MANN: We didn't spend a lot of time
focusing on what the era content of the Country station was because it was such
a distinct format, but it would certainly be at the softer end and most likely
newer. So in that bottom right‑hand
quadrant, somewhere, say, two‑thirds down and one‑third over, over
"CJXX" probably ‑‑
3056 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Does this grid cover age at
all?
3057 MR.
J. MANN: No. This is about sort of a music comparison.
3058 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: A music comparison. So we are down here kind of all alone down
here. There is no one else in this grid.
Is that the one, the bottom right?
3059 MR.
J. MANN: Sorry? Can you repeat the question?
3060 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Are they down all alone in
this bottom right ‑‑
3061 MR.
J. MANN: Not both, no. Just the Country station would be somewhere
in that bottom right quadrant, somewhere mid bottom right quadrant.
3062 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay.
3063 MR.
J. MANN: And as far as the incumbent, it
would be on the right side but above the older‑newer axis, which is along
the softer to harder. It would be
considered much harder. Somewhere in the
lower third.
3064 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Not as high as OK/Rogers. Under them.
3065 MR.
J. MANN: Correct.
3066 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay.
3067 MR.
J. MANN: It's general.
3068 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: And how would you describe
their sound?
3069 MR.
J. MANN: Well, it's a Hot AC with Rock
music and Pop music and AC music. It's,
as they have described themselves, fairly broad and ‑‑
3070 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: It's quite a smorgasbord, yes.
3071 MR.
J. MANN: Yes.
3072 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: But when you are the only game
in town ‑‑
3073 MR.
J. MANN: Absolutely.
3074 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: ‑‑ you have to offer a little something.
3075 MR.
J. MANN: I think they do a great job.
3076 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay. Thank you.
That's helpful to me.
3077 Those
are all my questions, Mr. Chair.
3078 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you.
3079 Legal
counsel.
3080 MS
MURPHY: Thank you, Mr. Chair.
3081 I
would like to, just for the record, confirm a few numbers here with respect to
your CTD contribution.
3082 In
your supplementary brief you had indicated that the annual contributions to the
Front and Centre initiative would be $36,428.60. Is that correct.
3083 MR.
EDWARDS: That's correct.
3084 MS
MURPHY: You then indicated that you
would redirect this amount to FACTOR.
3085 MR.
EDWARDS: That is correct.
3086 MS
MURPHY: At page 12 of your oral
presentation you confirm that you are going to redirect this amount but the
amount is written on page 12 as an amount of $87,000.
3087 MR.
EDWARDS: That's the seven year total.
3088 MS
MURPHY: It's the seven year total.
3089 Thirty‑six
thousand per year times seven is $255,000, so I'm not sure what this amount
refers to.
‑‑‑ Pause
3090 MR.
EDWARDS: I'm sorry; that's a typo. The chart that we gave is correct.
3091 MS
MURPHY: Great. Thank you very much.
3092 MR.
EDWARDS: Thank you.
3093 MS
MURPHY: Those are my questions.
3094 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you.
3095 Mr.
Edwards or Ms Micallef, I am giving you an opportunity to tell us why Vista
should be granted a licence to serve Grande Prairie.
3096 MS
MICALLEF: Thank you.
3097 Mr.
Chairman and Members of the Commission, there are 10 applications before you
for a licence to serve Grande Prairie.
Of the 10 applications, eight are for a licence to operate a mainstream
commercial undertaking. Of these eight,
three already serve Grande Prairie and the surrounding area. Those three are the Jim Pattison Group with
CJXX, OK Radio or Rogers with CFGP, and Standard Radio with CJDC, CKNL and
CHRX.
3098 Of
the five remaining applications, one already significantly serves Alberta. Newcap operates 31 licences in roughly 20
locations in Alberta.
3099 Of
the four remaining applicants ‑‑ all are independent ‑‑
Vista is the best capitalized. Vista has
the most realistic first year pre‑operating cost projections and the
greatest ability to withstand any surprises or financial setbacks in getting
the station on the air or in supporting it as revenues accumulate.
3100 Vista
has the highest CTD commitment.
3101 Vista's
business plan has released cannibalization of business from the incumbents.
3102 Vista
has a proven track record of offering virtually 100 per cent relevant and local
news.
3103 Vista
has clearly made a long‑term commitment to this industry.
3104 Vista
is the only applicant who is offering a pure Classic Rock format of the group
of the four independents. This
completely satisfies one of the identified voids in this market.
3105 We
consider it a privilege to operate radio in this country and we take the
guidance and requirements of the Commission very seriously. We have presented a business plan which
serves the community, has the least disruption to the incumbent operations
while we are still offering a distinct sound, diversity of voices and a purely
local focus.
3106 Please
allow us the opportunity to serve this community.
3107 Thank
you.
3108 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you,
Ms Micallef, thank you, gentlemen.
3109 We
will take a 10‑minute break.
‑‑‑ Upon recessing
at 1517 / Suspension à 1517
‑‑‑ Upon resuming
at 1533 / Reprise à 1533
3110 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Order please. Ms Secretary.
3111 THE
SECRETARY: Thank you, Mr. Chairman.
3112 Before
we proceed to the next application I just have a few announcements to make.
3113 The
panel intends to proceed to Phase II before the end of the evening. Therefore, if there are any applicants in the
room that do not intend to proceed to Phase II, which is intervening on the
other competing applications, I would please ask that you come and let me know
so that we know how many applicants will in fact appear during Phase II.
3114 For
the record, the two applicants OK Radio and the numbered company 1097282
Alberta have filed an additional document as a result of commitments they have
taken before the panel. The documents
will be placed on their application file and will be available in the
examination room.
3115 We
are now ready to proceed to Item No. 9 on the agenda which is an
application by Crude Communications for a licence to operate a commercial
English language low power FM radio programming undertaking in Grande Prairie.
3116 The
new station would operate on frequency 95.5 MHz (channel 238LP) with an
effective radiated power of 50 watts (non‑directional antenna/antenna
height of 52.6 metres).
3117 Appearing
for the applicant is Mr. Gordon Gauvin who will introduce his colleagues.
3118 You
will then have 20 minutes for your presentation.
3119 Mr.
Gauvin.
PRESENTATION / PRÉSENTATION
3120 MR.
GAUVIN: Mr. Chairman, Members of the
Commission, my name is Gordon Gauvin. It
is my pleasure to present to you an application by Crude Communications for a
low power FM broadcast licence for Grande Prairie, Alberta.
3121 Assisting
me with our presentation today is Debbie Price.
Debbie is a certified management accountant and has been retained by
Crude Communications to be our corporate accountant. Debbie has lived most of her life in the
Grande Prairie area and with her family is active in many parts of the Grande
Prairie community. Debbie will outline a
bit about the Grande Prairie economy, the forecast for its future and how it
relates to our application.
3122 Next
to Debbie is Donna Pringle. Donna is a
50 per cent partner in Crude Communications.
She has been a successful business person over the years and has
experienced owning and managing companies in both Alberta and British
Columbia. Donna moved to Grande Prairie
in 2000, is an active member of the community.
Donna will be outlining our community‑based initiatives to the
Commission.
3123 Next
to Donna is Brenda Mercer. Brenda has
worked in the radio and band promotion business since 1990. She has worked in radio locations including
Victoria and Prince George, B.C., as well as Oxford and London, England. Brenda brings with her experience of
launching new radio stations as she was on the ground when CKXM was launched in
Victoria in 1996. Brenda's knowledge and
experience is a welcome addition to the Crude Communications programming
department. Brenda will be discussing
our commitment to Canadian talent development, our Indie‑Genius program
as well as our overall programming.
3124 Next
to Brenda is Walter Wenzl. Walter is the
Operations Manager at PeaceCom Limited, a Grande Prairie‑based company
that specializes in wireless communications.
Walter is also our Web designer.
Walter will be making a presentation regarding the relationship of our
proposed signal to the existing ones within the Peace Country, as well as an
outline of some of our plans for our Web site, gprockradio.com.
3125 Also
in attendance today is Chad Zima.
Chad is with the law firm Miller Thomson. They have made presentations to the CRTC on
several occasions. Chad is our legal
counsel for this application.
3126 As
I mentioned, my name is Gord Gauvin and I'm the other 50 per cent owner of
Crude Communications.
3127 I
have worked in the radio industry in both Prince George and Kelowna, B.C. I have extensive management experience and I
currently run the Grande Prairie office for a national insurance company.
3128 I
have probably lived in Grande Prairie since 2000. I was on the host committee for the 2006
Alberta Cup. I'm also the current
president of the South Peace Ball Association and I am a member of the organizing
committee for the Summer Slam Music Festival, which this year is celebrating
its seventh year as Grande Prairie's biggest Rock music festival.
3129 Our
name initially was designed to reflect the oil and gas industry that has
propelled the Grande Prairie economy to where it is today. Crude Communications is a hopeful new entrant
in the Canadian broadcasting industry and are proud to say that ours was the
first application that was received by the CRTC for a new radio station for
Grande Prairie.
3130 We
are an independent company. Our
application accurately reflects the values and goals of our company and the
city that we plan to broadcast to.
3131 Our
ownership is comprised of just Donna Pringle and myself. Our management and programming team includes
broadcast professionals who are currently in the broadcast industry in other
markets. They combine for decades of
experience.
3132 As
our key people are utilized, it is the goal of the current ownership to reward
commitment and contribution to these key employees with shares in our company.
3133 It
is hoped that by the end of the seven‑year term of our initial licence
our ownership would be diverse and be 49 per cent owned by the people that have
made us successful.
3134 To
keep it local, we have made it mandatory in our corporate bylaws that all
shareholders must live in Grande Prairie and be employed by Crude
Communications. This is truly a unique
opportunity for quality broadcasters that non‑publicly traded companies
rarely make. This opportunity will help
give experienced broadcasters an opportunity to make a good living in a career
that they love in a smaller market while helping new people in the industry
with invaluable training and experience.
3135 Our
station will have a community feel to it while still reaching goals set with
Canadian content, diversity of news voices and Canadian talent development.
3136 The
fact that our application is for a low power FM licence helps to differentiate
us from the applications before you and the broadcasters that are currently on
the air. Our goal is to reach Grande
Prairie in a way that no one else does.
3137 Other
applications before the Commission are trying to broadcast to areas very well
served by current broadcasters. These
areas have had little to no growth over the last several years.
3138 We
propose to broadcast to just the immediate Grande Prairie area. In fact, we are the only application whose
tower is located within the city of Grande Prairie pictured here at the top of
214 Place.
3139 Grande
Prairie is not a very large city as it only covers 61 square kilometres. A low power FM is currently the best way to
reach our city and if current growth rates continue it will be sufficient for
at least the next 15 years.
3140 Crude
Communications' new radio station will be branded Rock 95.5.
3141 I
will now ask Debbie Price to discuss the Grande Prairie economy, what is
forecast for its future and how it relates to our application.
3142 MS
PRICE: Grande Prairie is considered the
economic hub of the Peace Country area of northwest Alberta and northeast
British Columbia.
3143 Although
the Grande Prairie population has grown to an estimated 47,000, our trading
area population has remained about 250,000.
Visitors travel from as far away as Fort Nelson and the Northwest
Territories to do their shopping in Grande Prairie. Growth in these other areas is relatively
stagnant as Grande Prairie continues to be the main area with significant
growth.
3144 Of
the municipalities in our trading area, their growth from 1996 to 2001,
according to Stats Canada are: Peace
River, ‑4.5; Grimshaw, ‑8.5; Fairview, ‑5;
Valleyview, ‑2.6; Dawson Creek, ‑3.3; Fort St. John,
+6.7; Fort Nelson, ‑4.8.
3145 Meanwhile,
Grande Prairie has enjoyed incredible growth of nearly 18 per cent over the
same time period. Since 2001, according
to Grande Prairies' municipal census, the population has grown by yet another
20 per cent. A slow down is nowhere in
sight.
3146 Since
Crude Communications submitted their application in 2004, the population in
Grande Prairie has grown by more than 10 per cent, which I am sure you would
agree is astonishing over just two years.
3147 The
forecast for the city of Grande Prairie is for continued growth for at least
the next five years averaging at about 5 per cent per year. This would put the Grande Prairie population
at about 57,000 in five short years.
3148 Money
Sense Magazine ranked Grande Prairie as the fourth best place to live in
Canada, primarily due to our economic factors.
All of this business has created a very busy construction industry. Projects, both public and private, are abound
in Grande Prairie. Big projects in the
work include a recently announced $265 million hospital, new RCMP headquarters,
expansion of Grande Prairie Regional College, expansion of Evergreen Park
Recreational Facility, the opening of a new NATE campus, plus over 1,000 new
homes built per year.
3149 If
we could we would build more but the economy's growth is limited by the lack of
workers that are available in our area.
Obviously, by the number of applications you have received for a new
broadcaster in the area, more people than us believe in the future of Grande
Prairie.
3150 The
Crude Communications application is a financially responsible one. The business, through its shareholders, has
the resources to start without any debt.
Although the sales forecasts in our Appendix 4B are conservative, they
still manage to show a slight profit after the first year. The Crude Communications application has
managed to strike a balance between community commitments while still being
financially successful.
3151 MS
MERCER: Our application has a unique
Grande Prairie feel to it. Being a
resident of the community gives me a perspective that no one else can have. On a daily basis, we are involved in our
community and our application reflects this.
There are four community initiatives that we are very proud of that I
believe add to the quality of our application and the community we live in.
3152 The
first initiative is our commitment to local non‑profit community service
cultural and sporting groups. These
groups make up the fabric of Grande Prairie.
They support all parts of our community including the four designated groups. The work that these groups do is important,
whether it is a fundraiser, a special event or the opportunity to inform the
public about the great work that they do.
3153 Budgets
are tight so as a result right now many groups are having trouble getting the
word out. This was evident in a survey
that we conducted in April at the Prairie Mall.
In the survey we asked residents if they felt they were well aware of
special events that occur in Grande Prairie.
Of the 324 respondents 218, or 67 per cent, said that they were not well
informed about special and cultural activities in our city.
3154 To
assist these groups with promotion of their worthwhile activities, Crude
Communications will create our Community First feature. This segment, although considered part of our
spoken word programming, is an important part of our proposed contribution to
the community. Our Community First
feature is a 90‑second segment that will be a combination of live and
prerecorded messages which will feature these wonderful groups and what they
are doing for our community. Many of the
live features will be done live on location at the events.
3155 The
Community First feature will air once per hour every hour, 24‑hours per
day, seven days per week. The value of
this initiative is in excess of $175,000.
3156 Our
second community initiative is a plan to broadcast the Grande Prairie Storm
hockey games. The Grande Prairie Storm
is our AJHL team and are great ambassadors for the city. The only way to hear a play‑by‑play
of the Storm currently is via the Internet which is hosted by the local
newspaper. None of the existing radio
stations in Grande Prairie are providing this service to local residents. The Storm are very interested in play‑by‑play
as is evident from their letters of support that were filed by their business
manager Don Moon and the Grande Prairie Storm governor Rick Nordstrom.
3157 Our
survey in the Prairie Mall also showed considerable interest in more support
for the Storm with 44 per cent of respondents saying that they would like to
hear play‑by‑play coverage.
3158 Education
is one of the largest employers in Grande Prairie and our next initiative
involves connecting our schools with the community around them. Our School Report is a half hour program that
will be produced by students at the local high schools and the Grande Prairie
regional college. This weekly report
will highlight what is happening in our schools and what is topical to the
youth at Grande Prairie. The School
Report will give students interested in broadcasting valuable experience while
also connecting our schools with the citizens of Grande Prairie.
3159 We
have received support for this initiative from schools in each of the three districts
in Grande Prairie as well as the Grande Prairie Regional College Students
Association.
3160 Our
community advisory board is an important part of our application as it will
assist us in maintaining our focus on Grande Prairie. We have and will be inviting various segments
of the community to sit on our board which will give the station direction
towards programming, news, community support and employment equity.
3161 Our
community advisory board will include members of the four designated groups and
other important parts of Grande Prairie.
3162 MS
PRINGLE: The music scene in Grande
Prairie is alive and well, much as it is across Canada. The difficulty for Grande Prairie musicians
is getting exposure because currently there is no program dedicated exclusively
to independent artists. That will change
if Crude Communications is granted this licence.
3163 The
Indie‑Genius program is designed to highlight Grande Prairie, Albert and
Canadian artists, so a one‑hour program dedicated exclusively to artists
that are unsigned by any major record labels.
Each week this hour long program will play some of Canada's brightest
new bands and also include interviews and stories about what is new in Canadian
music. With the Indie‑Genius
program, artists will now have a forum.
Each week the most popular song or artist will be featured with regular
air play during peak times. This is
exposure that musicians in Grande Prairie and throughout Canada need.
3164 The
Canadian talent development initiative proposed by Crude Communications is
bigger than it has ever been in Grande Prairie.
As our application outlines, we have proposed $10,000 each year in
direct cash expenditures, with an additional $19,000 per year worth of airtime
to promote Canadian artists.
3165 We
spoke with many local people who would be directly affected by our proposal,
and the response was outstanding. Our
Canadian talent development initiative is admittedly the smallest of the 10
applications before you. However, it is
over four times more than what is currently existing between the two existing
radio stations combined. The two
stations together are not providing this right now.
3166 As
our programming and signal are designed to be strictly Grande Prairie‑oriented,
so is our Canadian talent development initiative.
3167 When
given the choice of just Classic Rock or a blend of new and Classic Rock,
participants in our survey responded very strongly to the latter. Canada currently produces some of the best
Rock music in the world.
3168 Our
commitment to 40 per cent Cancon means that Canadian Rock will have a home at
95.5.
3169 Our
news will be primarily local in nature.
We will feature more prominently those provincial, national and
international stories that affect Grande Prairie.
3170 Issues
in Grande Prairie are different than the rest of the Peace Country and only
Crude Communications' application can feature this properly and
consistently. We plan to start with two
people in the newsroom and expand by the start of the hockey season to reflect
the increased workload from adding Grande Prairie Storm games.
3171 Being
100 per cent locally owned and operated means that Crude Communications will
bring a diversity of news voices to the market.
3172 MR.
WENZL: Although the application by Crude
Communications is for a low power FM licence, through the miracle of modern
technology we will actually have the capability to reach the entire world.
3173 Through
our Web site, gprockradio.com, we will broadcast all of our programming. This will give us the opportunity to do some
cross‑promotion as well as keeping our loyal listeners apprised of what
is happening in Grande Prairie while they are away from home.
3174 Pod‑casting
is another technical opportunity for listeners.
With pod‑casting we will have certain programs available in their
entirety for listeners to download from our Web site such as our Indie‑Genius
program, local School Report, as well as highlights from the Grande Prairie
Storm broadcasts.
3175 Besides
looking after the Web site for Crude Communications, I am also the Operations
Manager at Peacecom Limited. Peacecom
Limited is a communications company that provides wireless Internet and
telecommunications services and products to rural businesses including oilfield
services and individuals. We provide
this through the largest series of towers and antennas in the Peace
Country. We deal with frequencies, their
strengths and coverages, on a daily basis.
3176 As
you can see from this map that I have prepared, Grande Prairie is located in
the Peace Country. It is in close
relation to both Dawson Creek and Peace River.
3177 Now
adding the tower locations from the existing broadcasters in these areas, you
can see their proximity to each other.
The signals from the FM stations in Peace River and Dawson Creek look
after their own markets quite well and come right near the edge of the Grande
Prairie market. The AM stations in each
of these markets reach Grande Prairie quite easily.
3178 Conversely,
the locations of the current Grande Prairie signals actually just reach both Dawson
Creek and the Peace River markets.
3179 Usually,
it is the practice to approve new radio station licences in areas where the
population is growing. In the Peace
Country the smaller communities, according to Stats Can, are actually decreasing
in size. With this in mind, the smaller
communities are very well serviced by existing broadcasters.
3180 The
solution is to find an application that will serve the area that is growing
while not creating undue competition for the broadcasters in the area where the
population is on a negative trend.
3181 The
application by Crude Communications is the only application before you that
fits this criteria. Our signal will
actually complement the existing signals from Dawson Creek and Peace River and
puts our new station in the most competitive part of the trading area, Grande
Prairie.
3182 MR.
ZIMA: Competition against existing
broadcasters is an important consideration.
For applications that will encroach into the Dawson Creek market, we are
reminded of the comments by Mr. Don Shafer of Standard Radio to the
Commission regarding the threat of increased competition in the B.C. Peace
area. Mr. Shafer in his comments recommended
that the Commission deny a recent application that encroached into the areas
served by three standard stations as he was concerned about an undue negative
impact. However, as evidenced by our
application, we will not have an undue negative impact on either the Dawson
Creek or Peace River areas.
3183 In
the CRTC Public Notice 2002‑61, the Commission has outlined its policy
for licensing low power radio undertakings.
In its objectives the Commission states that it considers that low power
radio undertakings make a contribution of the goals as set out in the Canadian
Broadcasting Act and may attract new entrants into the Canadian Broadcasting
system.
3184 Both
of these objectives have been reached with our application.
3185 It
should also be noted that there has been more acceptance of LPFMs in the last
little while. For example, CKFU has been
on the air for nearly three years now and has been a very successful
broadcaster in Fort St. John. Newcap has
also recently purchased an LPFM in Thunder Bay.
With their 37 watt signal they reach the entire city of Thunder Bay,
population 150,000, with their Magic 99.9 station.
3186 I
thought I would also quote from the CRTC Public Notice 2001‑129 in which
the CRTC has stated that LPFMs should do the following three things: number one, they should contribute additional
diverse voices to the market; they should present programming that complements
existing licences in a market; and, they should fulfil a demonstrated community
need.
3187 Our
application does all three things.
3188 Firstly,
as a locally owned and operated company we have no choice but to add to the
diversity of voices to the market. Our
diversity is also evident in the content of our programming.
3189 Secondly,
much of the programming on the Crude station, including the Storm broadcasts,
School Report and Community First segment are not being done by the current
broadcasters, so we are, in effect, complementing their programming.
3190 Thirdly,
the 245 letters of support, which represents 0.5 per cent of the total Grande
Prairie population more than demonstrates the need local residents feel they
have for a new radio station in Grande Prairie and that the Crude
Communications application should be the licence that is awarded.
3191 It
should also be noted as part of the survey that was conducted in the Prairie
Mall in April, we asked individuals if they felt Grande Prairie deserved its
own radio station that it did not have to share with Peace River or Dawson
Creek; 90.74 of the respondents liked the idea of Grande Prairie having its own
radio station that focused on Grande Prairie issues.
3192 In
closing, I would also remind the Commission that the Crude Communications
application represents a good use of the spectrum. According to Industry Canada guidelines, only
an LPFM or Class A licence is all that will fit within 95.5 in Grande Prairie.
3193 MR.
GAUVIN: Thank you very much for your
time today.
3194 I
would appreciate if the Commission has any questions to please direct them
through me.
3195 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you, Mr. Gauvin.
3196 I
will ask Commissioner Langford to ask the first question.
3197 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Thank you, Mr. Chair.
3198 Welcome
to the marathon of hope.
3199 I
don't know what all that pounding is in the other room, but the person who
cleverly locked Gary Myles in the broom cupboard might want to let him
out. I think he has suffered enough.
‑‑‑ Laughter /
Rires
3200 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: I don't see him in the
audience. I can only assumed someone has
pulled a stunt.
3201 I
want to begin by looking at the make‑up of what's before us. I take your point on ownership that you plan
to divest, I assume with the careful guidance of your counsel, of certain
percentages, still keeping control. I
think that is for the future and we can set that aside. You wouldn't be the first to do that.
3202 I
think the Ivanoff Group does something like that, by rewarding employees with
shares and stuff. That's a precedent
perhaps you can look at.
3203 I
would like to look at what is kind of going to be before us should you be
licensed on launch day, put it that way, or, you know, two or three months into
your licence, so I can get a better idea of it.
3204 I
guess what I am trying to figure out here, and if it is in ‑‑
if I have missed anything ‑‑ this is a very, very large set of
binders here ‑‑ if I miss anything I apologize. It may be in one of your written
documents. I thought I went over them
carefully, but what I want to do is get some of the basics down in my own mind.
3205 One
of the places where I don't feel I have a good understanding, despite all of
your very, very clear submissions in other areas, is the sense of a workforce.
3206 Once
this station is up and running, what will we be looking at in terms of a
workforce? Could you help me through
that?
3207 MR.
GAUVIN: Certainly,
Commissioner Langford.
3208 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Is it in one of your briefs,
by the way?
3209 MR.
GAUVIN: It is actually. It was a deficiency letter that was submitted
to the Commission December of 2004, I think it probably was.
3210 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: And I'm deficient as
well. I apologize.
3211 MR.
GAUVIN: The other thing too that should
be pointed out is that from our initial application that was submitted, once
the open call for applications went out we made some alterations and
adjustments to our application as well.
3212 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So it won't hurt to review it
for me.
3213 MR.
GAUVIN: No, not at all.
3214 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Good. Thank you.
3215 MR.
GAUVIN: Our application, the way its
laid out right now, has a staff component of 12 full‑time people and a
couple of half people, that I know you like very much, there.
3216 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: We will call it 13 then. Shall we just call it 13?
3217 MR.
GAUVIN: Sure. Yes.
3218 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay.
3219 MR.
GAUVIN: Actually, let me just open it up
so I'm referring to the proper thing here.
3220 Did
you want a breakdown as far as what the nine employees are?
3221 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Yes, if you don't mind. I would like one.
3222 MR.
GAUVIN: Certainly. Okay.
3223 As
we are a large ‑‑ a small company, I should say, multi‑tasking
is essential in order to be as productive as possible and cost‑effective
as possible.
3224 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Mr. Arpin empties all the blue
boxes at the end of the day and Mr. Williams does the vacuuming. It's the new way, you know?
3225 MR.
GAUVIN: That's exactly right.
3226 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: I dust and do windows.
‑‑‑ Laughter /
Rires
3227 MR.
GAUVIN: So our initial component of 12
people consist of: a general manager; employee No. 2 is a morning person that
is also a ‑‑
3228 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Sorry. Give me No. 1. I was not ‑‑
3229 MR.
GAUVIN: No. 1 is our general manager.
3230 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: GM.
3231 MR.
GAUVIN: Yes.
3232 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay.
3233 MR.
GAUVIN: Would you like a description, a
jog description as well?
3234 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: No. No.
3235 MR.
GAUVIN: No. Okay.
3236 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: No. Not unless it's not clear to me.
3237 MR.
GAUVIN: Okay.
3238 Employee
No. 2 is a mornings/program director.
3239 Employee
No. 3 will host the midday show and will also work with community groups with
some of our things with our Community First feature.
3240 Our
afternoon drive person will also be our music director.
3241 We
have two full‑time news people in the application and then the other two
part‑time people would also be news.
3242 We
have a weekend announcer ‑‑
3243 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So that's three news.
3244 MR.
GAUVIN: I suppose, yes.
3245 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: I mean using just person years
that's three news.
3246 MR.
GAUVIN: Sure.
3247 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay.
3248 MR.
GAUVIN: We have two weekend announcer
positions which are going to work on the two ‑‑ there are two
shifts on Saturday and two shifts on Sunday.
Those people will also trade‑off into a copyrighting position as
well, so one of them working Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday and the other one
working Wednesday, Thursday, Friday.
3249 Last
is our evenings, which will look after the 6:00A to midnight shift, and he will
also be looking after some production as well.
3250 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: One. One person.
3251 MR.
GAUVIN: One person for that.
3252 The
other three positions that we have, we have two full‑time sales people
and a full‑time reception/traffic person.
3253 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay.
3254 When
you say "traffic", do you mean cars out on the road or monitoring
traffic in the station?
3255 MR.
GAUVIN: Yes, monitoring the ‑‑
scheduling the commercials and the ‑‑
3256 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Yes, that type of traffic.
3257 MR.
GAUVIN: Yes.
3258 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Right. Okay.
3259 When
I went to your financial data I had a little trouble trying to work out under
your expenses exactly how much went to wages.
So now that I know we have 13 people, and I go to your two different
spreadsheets that I have, one which seems to set out ‑‑
3260 MR.
GAUVIN: That's one of the items that was
updated too, so hopefully you have the updated one there.
3261 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: I'm not sure if I do or not,
but I'm sure we can get through ‑‑
3262 MR.
GAUVIN: Under "Programming"
for wages it should say $244,000 in the top left‑hand corner.
3263 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: I have wages year one ‑‑
you see, I have wages under "Programming", then I have wages under
"Technical" and then wages under "Admin."
3264 MR.
GAUVIN: Yes. We actually copied that off of the form that
the CRTC provides on the Web ‑‑
3265 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: I beg your pardon?
3266 MR.
GAUVIN: We actually copied that off the
form the CRTC provides on their Web site.
3267 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Maybe you can just give me the
total. That will ‑‑
3268 MR.
GAUVIN: The total wages.
3269 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: This is year one, I assume, is
it?
3270 MR.
GAUVIN: Yes. I would say we are about $460,000, give or
take a little bit there.
3271 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So $460,000.
3272 MR.
GAUVIN: Yes, just doing some quick math
in my head.
3273 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: If I recall a line in your
supplementary brief, page 2, just above the chart, there are a couple of lines
just above the first chart which say:
"Wages are even a bit better in
the Grande Prairie area than in...the average income for persons over the age
of 15..." (As read)
3274 Actually,
it's not the best written piece of English literature I have ever seen, but I
think the point you are trying to make is that wages are as much as 15 per cent
higher here than in the rest of Canada.
3275 MR.
GAUVIN: In Grande Prairie it sort of
depends on the market that you're ‑‑ the area that you're
working in, I guess, more than anything else.
Minimum wage in Alberta is ‑‑ actually, I don't even
know what it is. I think it's around $7
or $8 an hour or something like that.
3276 As
you saw from our presentation, places like Tim Horton's are, you know, having a
tough time trying to find people and so they are paying, you know, $15.50 an
hour for people who are willing to work evenings.
3277 Oilfield
jobs are a plenty and, you know, a young kid 21 years old can be making
$100,000 a year working out on the rigs.
3278 The
key thing in the radio broadcasting industry, from the history that I have seen,
is that a lot of people are working in it for the passion to be able to further
themselves in the industry and get that experience and do something really well
that way.
3279 If
you break out our wages, the way that it is supposed to work between the
employees, we are sort of planning on having I would say two tiers of employees
to sort of describe it. The top tier is
the experienced broadcasters that we want to bring in that have been working in
the industry for 15 or 20 years and, you know, are having a tough time buying a
house or trying to get ahead or anything like that, because the industry
doesn't pay that well as a whole. So
those people there, we want to really be able to reward them. Profit sharing incentives, benefits programs
and the opportunity of the employee share ownership program. Those people ‑‑
3280 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: How many of those would there
be, do you figure, of the 13?
3281 MR.
GAUVIN: I would anticipate four of them.
3282 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Four.
3283 MR.
GAUVIN: Yes.
3284 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: And what kind of money
annually would you have to pay to get one of the ‑‑ all in,
counting benefits and whatever?
3285 MR.
GAUVIN: Well, we budgeted for our
morning program director in year one, and it goes up rather aggressively over
the next few years, the first year for him we are saying $45,000 a year. Then on top of that is the profit sharing incentive,
which isn't in the calculation on ‑‑
3286 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So four of them are in it at
$45,000. That's close to $200,000. So that leaves sort of $280,000 for the other
nine.
3287 MR.
GAUVIN: Yes. Yes.
That would be about right. Yes.
3288 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: That is twenty ‑‑
I don't know, round it out.
3289 MR.
GAUVIN: About $30,000. It's $35,000 or something like that.
3290 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: I know Cram has the answer
already.
3291 I
don't think so. I mean if you are at
$280,000 and you divide it by 10 you have 28, if you divide it by ‑‑
you might be over 30 but ‑‑
3292 MR.
GAUVIN: Our profit sharing, although
it's not in the proposal, we will increase that because our sales figures that
are in our proposal or in our application are low.
3293 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: You realized you moved all the
way from Oxford in London for 30 grand.
Right? I mean are you ready for
that?
3294 MS
MERCER: I've worked in the business a
long time. I don't know too many people
making that much money that are working weekends, evenings, things like
that. I have been with Rogers and I have
been with OK. I have been with all the
boys.
3295 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: You're not OK.
‑‑‑ Laughter /
Rires
3296 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay.
3297 MR.
GAUVIN: So the employee share ownership
program ‑‑
3298 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: I don't know if I should touch
that comment actually with a 10‑foot pole. It's just too late in the afternoon. I'm not so sure I can get my head around it.
‑‑‑ Laughter /
Rires
3299 MR.
GAUVIN: The employee share ownership
program is really the key behind the whole thing. That way, you know, the guy that has been
working and he is making 45 grand a year, all of a sudden he is able to own,
you know, 5 per cent or 10 per cent of the business, which means that he
is able to take a little piece out of the bottom line at the end of the year. That's what is going to keep him around.
3300 The
other people are really junior people as far as the on‑air people and
they are going to learn from these learned veterans in the industry and they
are going to feel really good about what they are learning there and then move
on to other markets and to bigger places and earn more money that way.
3301 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Sure. Good luck with that. I mean it just ‑‑ I'm just
going by your own submission and what you showed us here today, $15 at Tim
Horton's. I'm not a business person, I'm
a regulator, you know, that most feared of animals, so maybe you can make a
business case with that, but it's good for us to at least know. I don't pretend to pass judgment on these
things, but I was having trouble tracking the wages lines through some of this
so I'm pleased to have the enlightenment.
3302 MR.
GAUVIN: Like I had mentioned, the wages
as a whole, I find anyway, in the radio industry tend to be relatively
low. Although I know you didn't ask the
OK Radio Group, or I don't think you asked as I had missed part of their
presentation, but I'm sure if you were to ask them as to what they are paying,
say, their creative people and things like that, the wages would be substantially
lower than probably what people at Tim Horton's are making.
3303 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Really.
3304 MR.
GAUVIN: Yes.
3305 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: How do they eat? Not at Tim Horton's, I guess.
3306 MR.
GAUVIN: Oh, you know, I actually ‑‑
that comes back to what we were saying in our presentation for our news
program. We are saying that there are
issues in Grande Prairie that are completely different than the rest of the
Peace Country.
3307 I
was speaking the other day with a lady, I wish I could remember her name, but
she was with the homeless society in Grande Prairie. I'm talking to her and she says I help the
homeless try to find a place to live, and when I think of the homeless I think
of that rubby that's in the park and he is, you know, begging for money or
anything like that. In Grande Prairie
the definition of a homeless person is somebody that can only afford $800 a
month in rent. So if that's all you have
is $800 to go towards your rent each month, chances are you are going to be
homeless. Well, you can't afford to live
in a motel because they are charging $2,700 a month for that. You are probably going to be living in a
trailer in a trailer park, like a pull behind trailer, like a travel trailer or
something like that
3308 Grande
Prairie, it's bursting at the seams right now because the economy is overtaking
what everybody is able to do to keep up.
3309 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: You are kind of making this
difficult for yourself actually. If you
are paying people say around $30,000, other than the stars who are getting
forty‑five, how do they live? I
mean, where do they go to get an apartment?
I mean you can talk about passion and, you know, the smell of the
greasepaint, the roar of the crowd and all that sort of thing, but where do
they go? How do they live?
3310 MR.
GAUVIN: That's an excellent
question. I guess that's one of the
advantages of being a local application is that the people that are involved in
this application live in the city, they know people. You know, we have lines on ‑‑
you know, I have friends that have rental properties and so when something
comes available it's ‑‑ when you know people you have that
system, you have that support system within the community. That makes it a lot easier to be able to look
after your staff as opposed to transferring somebody out from Toronto when the
head office is in Toronto and they are like, well, I don't know, just find a
place.
3311 When
you live there and you have a vested interest in the operation you can work
that much harder to make it happen.
3312 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: I hope it works for you. Okay.
3313 A
couple of other things while we are looking at expenses. I noticed an interest line in one of the
expense charts that you prepared. As you
say, it may have been superseded by something, but the interest line is
zero. Is this completely cash‑funded,
this operation?
3314 MR.
GAUVIN: That's correct.
3315 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay. Well, good for you. It didn't work for Conrad Black, but you
never know.
‑‑‑ Laughter /
Rires
3316 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: What about rent or
mortgage? Are you planning to rent
premises or are you planning to buy premises?
I couldn't find rent in one of the charts but did find it in another at
$61,250 a year. Is that number still
current?
3317 MR.
GAUVIN: No. That's actually the old number. The new number is now $87,500.
3318 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: You should have signed that
lease last week, right, I mean it just went up?
Okay, $87,500.
3319 MR.
GAUVIN: Yes, $87,500. We have tentatively secured space with the
understanding of course that it's up to you if we are actually going to be able
to rent it.
3320 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: You've got that right.
3321 What
about the tower rental. You showed us
that keen building with the tower on it.
Do you have to pay for that as well or is that some
friend or ‑‑
3322 MR.
GAUVIN: Actually, I believe it is a
separate line on here. Let me just look.
3323 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: I see it up here: Xmitter plant rent, $3,000, year one.
3324 MR.
GAUVIN: Yes, that's it. Yes, that is it.
3325 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: That number is still current.
3326 MR.
GAUVIN: That $3,000, year one, that's
correct. Yes.
3327 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Right.
3328 MR.
GAUVIN: That's the agreement that we
have signed with 214 Place, which is also the building that we are going to be
transmitting from. It's the highest
building in Grande Prairie. You can see
the entire city from the roof or the top floor of that building, or the third
floor probably too.
3329 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay. Thank you very much. I just wanted to clear those up and since we
were talking about size and workforce it seemed to be about the right time.
3330 Revenues,
since we are on money matters, yours are the lowest of all the applicants and I
wasn't sure why that would be, because some of them go quite high. You are at $4.7 million over seven years but
some of them are as high as $20 million.
You are both going to be playing music, you are both going to be out
flogging ads, why are yours so low?
3331 MR.
GAUVIN: Actually, there are a couple of
reasons for that.
3332 One
of them is, I think, like I said, the sheet that you have there I don't think
is the updated one. Our updated sales
forecasts have it at $788,400 in the first year for national and local revenue
combined. This number here actually,
after all the other applications were released, I looked at mine and said: why is it so much different? The big thing is if you look at the
assumptions at the bottom of the page, we did our assumptions based on a 12‑hour
day and the other assumptions are based on an 18‑hour day, from six, say,
to midnight. So if you were to adjust
our programming to reflect the number of commercials sold over that same 18‑hour
period it would actually put our gross sales at about $1.1 million.
3333 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay. I again am not ‑‑ I was
going to say I'm not okay, but that really hardly has to be put on the record
probably, according to any president of a large telephone company in this
country anyway.
3334 What
though are the possibilities for selling outside the big times, you know, the
drive times? I mean you are talking
about 18‑hours a day but surely it must be a little tougher to flog the
revenues getting up into the 17th and 18th hour.
3335 MR.
GAUVIN: I would say that our estimates
are conservative. We estimate in the
first year of selling 4.5 minutes per hour.
Now, conversely, if you monitor CJXX or CFGP in Grande Prairie right
now, they are selling up to 12 and 13 minutes sometimes in December, but
generally speaking they are over 10 minutes of commercial time per hour. Again, when I say that our numbers are
conservative, we said 4.5 minutes in the first year. Also, bear in mind that we did this ‑‑
you know, we put these numbers together two years ago as well.
3336 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So that is average 4.5 minutes
an hour.
3337 MR.
GAUVIN: That's correct.
3338 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Are you still planning to sell
at $12 per 30‑second segment?
3339 MR.
GAUVIN: No. It's been adjusted to $18.
3340 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: I don't know how I have missed
all this. I apologize.
3341 MR.
GAUVIN: That's okay.
3342 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: I must have gotten my hands on
the wrong set of numbers and for that I really am apologetic, but anyway we
will get there.
3343 So
you have adjusted up to $18 and yet some of your competitors are talking about
rates from $30 to $70 per 30‑second segment. Why would yours be ‑‑ even
at $18 there is still ‑‑
3344 MR.
GAUVIN: Yes, it is a bit confusing I
would say as well in that when I reviewed the other applications I mean I saw
some as low as ‑‑ I think I saw one that was as low as $17 for
a 30‑second ‑‑ I'm sorry, mine are based on 30‑second
commercials not 60s as well.
3345 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: No, I know that. I'm quoting 30‑second alternatives from
your competitors.
3346 MR.
GAUVIN: Okay. You know, some of the applications I think
were as low as $17 and others were as high as $35 or $36 whereas CFGP and CJXX
right now ‑‑ I just had to buy some airtime a little while
ago ‑‑ are $49 a commercial.
3347 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So again my question: why are you so low?
3348 MR.
GAUVIN: Yes. I guess it's fair to say that our coverage
area won't be as large as theirs and when we are competing against them they
are going to be able to say we offer you a regional approach. Our signal will go all the way out towards
Dawson Creek and Peace River and reach those municipalities and everything in
between. We are not going to be able to
say that and so they have a little bit of a competitive edge on us for that
reason alone. So for 30 per cent less
listeners I guess the price needs to be a little bit lower.
3349 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Right. We will discuss that sort of self‑inflicted
handicap in a minute but ‑‑ sorry. Go ahead.
3350 MR.
GAUVIN: Sorry. The other thing it does too is that right now
a big complaint that a lot of the Grande Prairie businesses has is that radio
is unaffordable. I mean although they
are sold out all the time and the radio stations that are existing are in a
great position, Joe Blow that owns the shoe shop down the street can't afford
to advertise because he is like, holy smokes, that's so much money. To buy, you know, 35 ads over a given week is
going to cost him, you know, $2,000 or something like that. For a small business that's not always
affordable, so this makes it a little bit more affordable for the small
businessman as well.
3351 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: But why shoot for the small
businessman? You have heard here today
and yesterday that even the most wildly optimistic forecast of the pool of
revenue out there waiting for you to dip your dipper into it or your bucket is quite
large and much higher than anyone even anticipated. We got that from the horse's mouth yesterday
from the folks at OK and we certainly got quite a good suggestion to the same
effect from Pattison this afternoon. So
if you have a scarce resource and people are dying to use it, I can see
undercutting slightly, you are the new kid in town, you want to get
established, but yours is a substantial undercutting, why would you do it?
3352 MR.
GAUVIN: I guess the $18 is also the
average as well whereas the $40 ‑‑ well, I don't know. Maybe that's not a good argument.
3353 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: No, I don't think so. I can see you having a scale. I mean maybe selling at $18, you know, for
something at midnight or something like that, but ‑‑
3354 MR.
GAUVIN: The rate card that we did up we
based on 70 per cent of our clients buying a year‑long advertising
package which would discount it to the $18 and that's an OES reach plan which
would go from 6:00A to midnight and be evenly distributed, so I based
everything on that.
3355 If
somebody approaches us and they say, we just want to buy the morning show for
the next week, five spots per morning or whatever it happens to be, they are
going to be paying considerably more than the $18.
3356 The
other thing I would like to mention too is that although the incumbents are
saying how it's, you know, such a big pool of money and everybody is doing so
great, it is, I mean there is a lot of money there, but there is not really
that many businesses in Grande Prairie.
We are a small town. There are
only 46,000 people that live there and if you go ‑‑ I did some
research on the number of businesses that there actually are in Grande Prairie,
there are only 1,500 businesses in the whole city and out of those probably
only maybe 30 per cent of them actually do advertising and promotion and what
have you on radio. So that leaves you
with 500 or so businesses that are doing all the total advertising. It is not as big of a pool as it is.
3357 The
feature that's happening or what is happening in the economy is that everybody
is just so busy that they have more money to pour into it from the individual
businesses, but there are not that many more businesses as well.
3358 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: That's kind of a defeatist
attitude, isn't it?
3359 MR.
GAUVIN: Well, it's a fact in that ‑‑
3360 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: I'd think you would want to
sort of be inspired by the challenge, but anyway ‑‑
3361 MR.
GAUVIN: Well, businesses in Grande
Prairie do very well and that it is not uncommon to find, you know, say, the
Ford dealer which is, you know, one of the top five Ford dealers in all of
Canada or the Chrysler dealer that does very well as well.
3362 I
was in a Future Shop the other day and we were talking about ‑‑
3363 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: That's Gary Myles
phoning. Would you let him out, for
goodness sake.
‑‑‑ Laughter /
Rires
3364 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Sorry.
3365 MR.
GAUVIN: I was in the Future Shop store
the other day inquiring about satellite radio in as far as what kind of numbers
they have sold and things like that. The
Future Shop in Grande Prairie was the top store in all of Canada for selling
satellite radios. You know, like I said,
we are just a small town but it's just that there are high volumes running
through. Because our trading area is so
large people do drive down from Fort Nelson and the Northwest Territories and a
lot further than any of the current signals from Grande Prairie reach. They drive to Grande Prairie to do their
shopping and spend their money.
3366 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Yet, if I have this figure
correctly, you are projecting a 16 per cent share in year one rising to 22
per cent in year seven, is that correct, listenership?
3367 MR.
GAUVIN: That is correct.
3368 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Thank God I got one of them
right.
3369 MR.
GAUVIN: There you go.
3370 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: It seems to me that if I had a
16 per cent share of a market like that or rising to at 22 per cent share I
wouldn't be undercutting myself too much.
Again, I'm not trying to tell you how to do your business but I'm
getting a kind of conflicting message from you, you know. The salaries are high, you say, in your
supplementary brief but you are paying low because they are doing it for love. The joint is jumping, you tell us on your
Powerpoint here today, they are building and expanding and they are paying more
and everybody is doing well, but at the same time you are saying, well, you
know, the pool of advertisers isn't as big as it should be. Now you are telling me I am going to have
anywhere between 16 per cent and 22 per cent of this market but I'm going to be
flogging my ‑‑ you know, I have a kind of pessimistic view of
how many minutes I can sell and what I can get for those minutes.
3371 I
must say I find the message sort of kind of dragging me one way and then
dragging me the other. I'm not quite
clear what your strategy is here.
3372 MR.
GAUVIN: I guess the key to the
application is that we started out conservative. You know, you guess low and you hope high and
our numbers reflect that as far as our sales figures and everything else.
3373 Honestly,
I hope we double it and I hope we triple it and I hope that we are able to pay
our people that much more all the way across the board.
3374 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: The other conflicting message
I get, I mean while we are on it, and I don't want to be negative but it
bothers me, it doesn't seem to be logical to me to be frank, is this notion of
running a commercial radio station but handicapping yourself with a 50‑watt
power signal because you want to be nice to the people in Peace River and the
surrounding area when at the same time the guys in Peace River are applying for
a re‑broad so they can eat your lunch.
I mean I just don't get it.
3375 MR.
GAUVIN: I guess what I'm saying is that
Grande Prairie is a unique market and Peace River is a separate market all
together. They have their own two radio
stations that broadcast from there and Dawson Creek is its own market as
well. Broadcasters that come out of
Grande Prairie shouldn't be impeding in those markets because those economies
aren't doing as well as what Grande Prairie is.
3376 The
Grande Prairie economy is booming, it is busy, it's crazy, but in Dawson Creek
not so much. And Peace River, the
population hasn't hardly changed in the last 20 years there.
3377 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: But you are going to sort of
kiss of 30 per cent of your possible market voluntarily.
3378 MR.
GAUVIN: Not necessarily, because they
all come to Grande Prairie to do their shopping so they're going to pass
through Grande Prairie and they can listen to us then and ‑‑
3379 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: How frustrating for them. Right?
They come down into Grande Prairie to work or to shop, they hear this
nifty signal and as they drive out of town it just fades away.
3380 MR.
GAUVIN: And when they get home they can
tune on gprockradio.com and listen to it to their hearts content.
3381 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Well, it's a plan. Is it really maybe just because it's a lot
cheaper to start a 50‑watt station up than 100,000 watt?
3382 MR.
GAUVIN: Oh, I would say that is part of
the consideration for sure. I mean we
are looking to start this enterprise with zero debt and honestly I don't have
$2 million in my back pocket to be able to do that. But this enterprise is easy to do and so it
makes sense.
3383 There
are different types of businesses in the world.
There are the Coscos of the world and there is the small independent
shoe store guy that's down the street.
Both of them have a niche to fill and both of them have to help people
out and do their thing. It costs a lot
more to start a Costco than it does a little retailer down the street, but they
are both equally important.
3384 I
think what we are able to contribute to Grande Prairie will be equally
important to what the larger Class C services can do.
3385 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Because if I have the right
figures again and you tell me you have filed new ones, but I'm looking at your
start‑up capital costs of $30,000 and I'm comparing that, for example, to
just one. I picked OK Radio, I looked at
them, and they are over $650,000. Is
that really the reason, just simply because you don't have the ‑‑
I mean that's not a crime. I'm not
trying to be ‑‑
3386 MR.
GAUVIN: No, no. No, no.
3387 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: I'm just trying to
understand. Is this kind of philosophy,
this little gideon philosophy about sharing and not competing in certain areas
and maybe they won't compete in yours, is that really fundamentally a kind of
byproduct or a rationalization of the fact that it's simply too expensive for a
new ‑‑ you know, a new company without deep, deep pockets to
go the full 100,000 watts? Is that
really the story here, which is fine?
It's not a crime. I'm just trying
to make sense of this.
3388 MR.
GAUVIN: It was a consideration in the
decision to do it that way.
3389 We
also looked at going to maybe a 3,000 watt or a 50,000 watt station as well and
see, well, what is that going to bring to the table? Is there any benefit to it? From a cost analysis needs it made a lot more
sense to be able to do things this way.
It serves Grande Prairie in a very effective way, the signal will sound
wonderful, it will look after the communities that are right next to us be it,
you know, Sexsmith or Clairmont or Wembley and what have you, and those are the
areas that we are really concerned about.
3390 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay. That's great.
I mean I have a better appreciation now of where you are coming from.
3391 MR.
GAUVIN: The other thing I'm kind of
wondering to, and maybe this will come up at the Fort McMurray hearings I
suppose but, you know, if you look at the Grande Prairie applications everybody
is applying, except for us, for a Class C, 100,000 watt station, which is going
to go to absolutely everywhere, all over the place. Yet, when you look at the Fort McMurray
applications, I think the maximum anybody is applying for is 20,000 watts. Obviously, it's for the same reasons why we
are doing our 50 watt station, because they are saying, well, you just need 20,000
to serve Fort McMurray, you don't need any more than that.
3392 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Mr. Arpin is our resident
expert on how many watts you need, but I think a lot of it has to do with the
geography. You know, sometimes you can
get more out of 50,000 than you can get out of 100,000 depending on where you
are, but I'm not an engineer. I don't
know what I am any more. I used to have
a profession, but now I think I'm just a cross‑examiner.
3393 I
think I know where we are starting from now and I have a feeling for this
company and I'm glad for that, I understand it.
Now, what I want to talk to you about a little bit is just what you are
going to do, or what people will hear in their living rooms the day you go on
or the week you go on.
3394 I
want to look at music first, obviously, and then I want to look at spoken word,
but together, if I take them all together, how much
of your programming would you classify as local programming,
in other words, made by you locally, produced by you for you?
3395 MR.
GAUVIN: One hundred per cent.
3396 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: One hundred per cent. Okay.
3397 What
is the breakdown between ‑‑ boy, I'm losing it here, between
taped music, what is the ‑‑ voice‑casting, voice‑tracked,
sorry. It's getting late in the
day. When I start asking you my name you
will know it's time to just pull the plug ‑‑ between voice‑casting
and live programming?
3398 MR.
GAUVIN: We will be automated from midnight
to 6:00 a.m.
3399 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Right. Pretty standard.
3400 MR.
GAUVIN: Monday through Friday. On the weekends we will be live from 6:00A to
6:00P and then automated overnight.
3401 I'm
leaning away from voice‑tracking.
I think we will just go to just a standard music bed playing. The reason why, I had a conversation with
Russ Beerling at CKFU in Fort St. John a few months ago and we were talking
about this, as to how you look after that situation. He says listeners are frustrated by voice‑tracking. If there is a situation going on in the city
and they want to phone somebody to say, hey, there is an accident at such and
such a street, or there is a fire over here, or my dog is lost, voice‑tracking,
they can't tell that there is not an announcer on the air and so people will
call and they go, gee, why does it keep on ringing, why doesn't he ever
answer? He has elected to go with just
strictly a music bed playing with IDs that run every few minutes. I think that's something that we would
probably lean towards too. That way it
doesn't create the illusion that we actually have somebody on the air when we
don't.
3402 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Couldn't you just put an
answering machine on your phone and say:
we don't have anybody on the air here, call tomorrow.
3403 MR.
GAUVIN: I guess if it's an emergency
that doesn't help somebody very much, I guess.
3404 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: No, but your music bed isn't
going to help anybody, is it?
3405 MR.
GAUVIN: Well, at least it doesn't create
the illusion that somebody is saying, hey, it's 2:33 in the morning and this is
what is going on. That creates the
illusion that there is actually somebody there.
3406 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: That's your choice, but anyway
I have my answer. Thank you very much.
3407 With
regard to music, the general question, you have indicated, as I understand it,
a 40 per cent CanCon level.
3408 MR.
GAUVIN: That's correct.
3409 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: I assume you are willing to
adhere to that as a condition of licence.
3410 MR.
GAUVIN: Oh, yes. Yes, we would. Yes.
3411 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Does that include 40 per cent
from Monday to Friday from 6:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.?
3412 MR.
GAUVIN: Yes, it does.
3413 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So you would agree to that
general condition of licence that covered that as well.
3414 MR.
GAUVIN: Definitely.
3415 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Now, your format ‑‑
and, boy, we have beaten format to death in this room over the last two days,
so I'm not going to make it too difficult for you, but you are talking about
your definition of Classic Rock, and there have been enough definitions of them
here to fill a large basket ‑‑ you're saying 70 per cent would
be from the 70s, 80s and 90s and 30 per cent would be New Rock.
3416 MR.
GAUVIN: That's correct.
3417 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Do you try to sort of pull out
of New Rock a certain type of New Rock?
3418 MR.
GAUVIN: The New Rock will lean heavily
towards Canadian content.
3419 Part
of the problem that we had when we were first looking at the formats with
Classic Rock is that to hit the 40 per cent number that we wanted to hit is a
little bit harder to do if you play strictly Classic Rock, so by bringing in
some of the great Canadian new bands that are gracing our stages across this
country, by leaning heavily towards them it makes it a lot easier to hit that
40 per cent. So that would be primarily
where most of our new music would be coming from.
3420 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: When you say "new",
are we going to get into some of the Indies, some of the names that may not be
sort of everyday names to some of your listeners to give them a trial, to give
them a voice?
3421 MR.
GAUVIN: Well, that works with our Indie‑Genius
program, which is a feature every Friday night which runs for an hour and where
we feature a lot of the independent artists that aren't signed and they get a
little bit of exposure that way.
3422 We
will have live interviews and we will talk about what's going on with the
different bands and if we can have them in the studio great, if it's a local
band or something like that. The most
popular band that the announcer really likes or people call in about or
whatever, there is going to be a band each week featured from that program that
is going to get regular air play during the next week.
3423 It's
not a mainstay of our programming as far as what type of music we are going to
have or what we are going to sound like, but it's a part of it and it's an
important part. So now all of a sudden
as opposed to just pushing all of that independent music into the wee hours of
the evening, you know, somebody is going to hear something at two o'clock in
the afternoon. It's just one song and if
he likes it, great, maybe he will go out and buy the CD and if he doesn't,
well, he is going to like the next song that's coming up.
3424 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So it's just one spin you see
coming out of that for a chosen band?
3425 MR.
GAUVIN: I would say two per day for the
entire week after that, after that program, and then each week we will rotate
through a different band depending as to who is popular out of that program.
3426 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay. That's helpful.
3427 What
is your target audience? You know, we
have talked a lot here about age and gender and median age. You might as well take me through it.
3428 MR.
GAUVIN: (Off microphone)
3429 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay.
3430 MR.
GAUVIN: If I did the homework last night
instead of watching the hockey game I guess, so ‑‑
3431 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: That's probably wise.
3432 MR.
GAUVIN: This is the age distribution
that we got from the city of Grande Prairie for the 2005 municipal census. Now, this is the same information I think
that the OK Radio Group included in their presentation.
3433 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Right.
3434 MR.
GAUVIN: It shows that 56 per cent of
adults between the age of ‑‑ 50 per cent of adults in Grande
Prairie are between the ages of 20 and 44.
3435 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Right. So is that your target audience?
3436 MR.
GAUVIN: That's our target, yes, the mean
age being about 32, right in the middle.
3437 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay.
3438 Generally
speaking, very generally speaking, is there anything that much different
between your Classic Rock and all the other Classic Rock that we have heard
about in here? Are there any ways you
want to indicate that yours perhaps has a shading or a different approach that
would appeal to your target audience more than some of the other Classic Rock
we heard?
3439 MR.
GAUVIN: No, not really. Other than the Indie‑Genius program
that I mentioned, which brings out a few independent artists, other than that
there is not going to be a lot of difference.
I mean, even the difference between Classic Rock and Classic Hits is
blurred at the best of times.
3440 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Speaking of that program, I
want to move on to spoken word and then try to kind of differentiate, in
programs like this Indie, you know how much you consider to be spoken word and
how much would be music and get that kind of breakdown.
3441 Let's
start with news, which is the obvious one.
3442 Am
I right in thinking that you are committing to 3.5 hours per week of local news
running between 6:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m.?
Have I got those figures right?
3443 MR.
GAUVIN: No, I don't think so.
3444 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay. Well, then help me ‑‑
3445 MR.
GAUVIN: Again, this might have been an
updated form or thing that we submitted.
3446 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: It's possible. Let's start fresh.
3447 MR.
GAUVIN: Here is what I wrote down to
copy it.
3448 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay.
3449 MR.
GAUVIN: We have 65 newscasts per week,
which comprise ‑‑ and that's just news comprised of 200 minutes
per week.
3450 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Which is what, about 3.5
hours. Right?
3451 MR.
GAUVIN: Oh, I guess it is. Okay.
So maybe you are up‑to‑date then.
3452 Our
sports, weather and traffic is added on to that, which will be approximately
another 130 minutes a week.
3453 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So another two hours and 10
minutes. Okay.
3454 MR.
GAUVIN: For other spoken word
programming, our Community First feature, which is going to be featuring local,
non‑profit, cultural, sporting groups within Grande Prairie and a lot of
it will be done live as well, it's a 90‑second feature that runs once per
hour, 24 hours a day, seven days a week, it equals between 6:00A and midnight,
because I'm assuming that's what you primarily want, 189 minutes per week.
3455 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay. So we have three hours and nine minutes.
3456 MR.
GAUVIN: We have a weekend live program,
which is going to be approximately 60 minutes of spoken word per week over that
four hour program.
3457 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay.
3458 MR.
GAUVIN: Then the weekly School Report,
which will be about 20 minutes worth of spoken word. I have a total of five hundred and ‑‑
3459 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Sorry. The weekend school, sorry? That's the School Report. Right?
3460 MR.
GAUVIN: The School Report, yes, would be
about 20 minutes.
3461 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: And that's about 20 minutes of
spoken word.
3462 MR.
GAUVIN: That's correct.
3463 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: All right. Can you give me a total on that?
3464 MR.
GAUVIN: I have a total of 599 minutes
6:00A to midnight.
3465 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: That sounds like 10 hours to
me, right, rounded up?
3466 MR.
GAUVIN: Pretty darn close.
3467 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay.
3468 MR.
GAUVIN: And then 63 minutes midnight to
6:00 a.m.
3469 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So an hour say. Since we rounded you up, we will round you
down. an hour midnight to 6:00 a.m.
3470 MR.
GAUVIN: And you owe me two minutes.
3471 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay. Thank you very much for that. That really helps.
3472 The
last couple of questions. We talked
about your business plan. I had some
reservations about it, but I'm also not a businessman so I hope you don't take
it as hugely critical, it's just a little understanding gap on my part. How does it change though if we licence more
than you?
3473 I
assume because you were the first person in here you must have assumed you were
building a business plan, and tell me if my assumptions are wrong, but I assume
you were building a business plan based on the notion that you would be the
third service into this market. What if
your the third but romping right along behind you are the fourth and the fifth? How does that change things, or the fourth if
that makes you feel a little less trepidation?
3474 MR.
GAUVIN: A friend told me that even
turkeys can fly in a hurricane, so maybe you could licence all 10.
3475 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Don't give us any ideas. We're from Ottawa, you know.
‑‑‑ Laughter /
Rires
3476 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: We are a scary bunch of
people, you know. If you haven't figured
that out you have been hiding somewhere farther away than Grande Prairie.
3477 MR.
GAUVIN: The way that I basically
envision it is that I anticipate that there are going to be two licences handed
out. The way that I have sort of seen
the segment break out as far as how people will look after it is that, you
know, we have a country station already and they do a wonderful job. Sun FM has already said that they are going
to go more of, say, an Easy Listening sound or something like that, so them or
somebody else looks after that, and I really see us as having sort of more of a
station that leans towards New Rock and then a station that leans more to a
Classic Rock, so between those four stations I really see them looking after
most of the interests of the Grande Prairie ‑‑
3478 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So you don't see it as a
problem for you. You can survive. Your business plan will survive.
3479 MR.
GAUVIN: Not a problem.
3480 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay.
3481 MR.
GAUVIN: As I mentioned, we were very
conservative in our numbers and so that makes it easier to do better than that.
3482 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: We have been asking the other
applicants about whether they would be willing to find another frequency, but
it sounds like you have located a frequency that no one else would want so that
may be just a moot question.
3483 MR.
GAUVIN: No, you are exactly right. Nobody else could use 95.5 because in Falher,
Alberta some 120 kilometres away or whatever it is, 95.7 CKRP, and so
that ‑‑ and they are a protected station so that restricts
what we are able to do here.
3484 The
other thing that it does is that there has always been a lot of complaint from
organizations like, say, the CAB or Standard Radio and what have you
about ‑‑
3485 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Oh, them, yes.
3486 MR.
GAUVIN: Yes, those guys ‑‑
about those LPFMs coming in through the back doors, they like to say and then
asking for power increases later on.
Well, by being at 95.5, that's a huge jump for us if we want to be able
to later on down the road go in, as they say, through the back door and ask for
a power increase because we can't stay at 95.5.
So it shows a commitment on our part of being able to stay where we are
at.
3487 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: I appreciate that. Thank you.
3488 Those
are my questions, Mr. Chairman. My
colleagues may have something more.
3489 THE
CHAIRPERSON: While we are on the subject
of wattage and frequency, obviously in choosing a low power FM you choose a non‑protected
frequency and if there was use made, say ‑‑ well, we will take
the example of the fuller stations, if they wanted to increase their power you
could be asked to change frequency because they will have a priority to get
that power increase.
3490 Why
have you chosen a non‑protected frequency? Why not a 100 watts? With even 51 watts you would be protected.
3491 MR.
GAUVIN: And we thought about that. As part of our original business plan we were
saying, geez, a 300 watt station would be really nice in here because then we
can just sneak into Beaver Lodge, you know, because they are really close and
do a lot of their shopping in Grande Prairie.
Most of it came down to the costs associated with it in that all of a
sudden ‑‑ the difference from 50 watts and 51 watts, say,
is that your signal goes about as far as this pen further and all of a sudden
it costs you another $25,000 for an engineering brief to get done, and that
just didn't seem like a smart business decision to make, especially in a competitive
process where really what is the difference if we are a 50‑watt station
competing against 100,000‑watt station versus a 300‑watt station
competing against 100,000 watt station.
3492 We
are essentially in the exact same boat.
If you like what we have to say you will grant us the licence and if you
don't we are not going to get it either way.
3493 THE
CHAIRPERSON: My colleague,
Mrs. Cram, wants to ask you a question.
3494 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Thank you. I had a few questions.
3495 The
first one was, Ms Mercer, I saw you trying to say something when my colleague,
Commissioner Langford, was talking about housing, the $800 or the homeless
people not being able to ‑‑
3496 MS
MERCER: Right. A couple of things on that.
3497 Some
of the radio starting positions are never going to approach what Tim Horton's
is paying up there, but I mean historically forever people have started ‑‑
I mean if you never worked in radio, man, overnights and started at $600 and
$800 a month, you know. Even you can go
back 10 years and 15 years and go, how do you afford to live at that, but we
did, you know. We got roommates, we
house sat. You can make it happen if you
want it to happen.
3498 The
same people that want to be somebody in the radio industry are not going to
work at Tim Horton's or they are working there part time. There are ways to make it happen, and if you
want to be in radio bad enough you will find a way, and it's true. Anyone else would be saying the same thing
sitting here.
3499 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: For your information, lawyers when
they are articling earn sometimes $650 a month or at least did sometime
in the ‑‑
3500 MS
MERCER: That was the career I was thinking
if this didn't happen. I'm not going to
do that.
3501 THE
CHAIRPERSON: ‑‑ at least they did sometime in the 70s.
3502 THE
CHAIRPERSON: And still.
3503 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Ms Price, you talked about that
there will be a growth in population for the next five years and I was
discussing this with my colleagues at noon.
Our understanding was that because of the construction projects in Fort
McMurray there is a finite ‑‑ there will come a time when once
the construction projects are ended that the growth will not be as malthusian
or exponential after the projects are completed.
3504 Are
you saying that after five years in Grande Prairie that you would expect a slow
down or a negative growth? It's just that
nobody has suggested anything after five years.
3505 MS
PRICE: I'm going to direct the question
to Gord.
3506 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Sure.
3507 MR.
GAUVIN: The city of Grande Prairie in
their forecasts have said I think 5.4 per cent for the next two years and
4.6 per cent after that, or what have you.
Honestly, since we have moved here or there, they have been consistently
low. They are forecasting after that for
it to drop to about 3.5 per cent for the remaining I think seven years
after that and then to 2.5 after that.
3508 You
know, it's a crazy place and anybody that doesn't live there can't understand
it because it's ‑‑ like I said, when the Tim Horton's is
paying $15.50 an hour I'm sure the person that's working at Tim Horton's in
Gatineau, Quebec isn't very happy about that because they are probably making
$7 an hour. So when we talk in Grande
Prairie about what the economy is like and where it is going to go, everybody
can't see an end to it.
3509 That
could be oilfield companies that are saying that we are spending X‑millions
of dollars in this area for the next five years at least, so that's sort of
where it's coming from as far as when we are seeing projected growth for the
next while.
3510 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Are you aware of a term called the
diversification index where I think it's Stats Canada considers the number of
industries and how highly diversified the economy is, meaning it is more
stable, because if one part of the industry falls another part ‑‑
you know, if it's a small industry then of course it's ‑‑ or
one industry out of 20, then it won't have that much effect.
3511 MR.
GAUVIN: Yes. I am a little bit aware of that. I lived in Prince George when the economy
essentially collapsed there and a population of 75,000 people and the thought
around town is that it was a fairly diverse economy. The Japanese economy collapsed, the softwood
lumber agreement happened or didn't happen and, as a result of that, a whole
bunch of mills closed down, layoffs were abundant and the economy essentially
went into the toilet.
3512 Grande
Prairie is working at diversification and kudos to our city council because
they are constantly looking at new opportunities and new businesses to bring
into the city, but right now we are an oil and gas town. Agriculture contributes, forestry contributes
but all the money right now is oil and gas.
3513 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: I would like you to address ‑‑
my final question is my concern.
3514 Grande
Prairie is booming; it is great. I have
no idea what the value of a licence would be in Grande Prairie, even a low
power licence, but it has happened to us in the past that we would licence
somebody and immediately, or maybe within two or three years, they would sell
to an incumbent in the market.
3515 I
want to address my hypothetical fears that if we licensed you you would be
there for two or three years and then sell at a price which I think could be
fairly handsome. Could you address that
for me?
3516 MR.
GAUVIN: I most certainly could. That's part of where our employee share
ownership program comes into play. The
people that are going to be ‑‑ these long‑term employees
that are going to be helping us and growing with us and what have you, they
will own a little piece of the business, which makes it that much harder to be
able to turn around and sell and if at a future point, say, you know, 10 or 15
years down the road Donna and myself aren't interested in living in Grande
Prairie any more, well, as part of the bylaws we are going to have to divest
ourselves to the rest of the employees as well.
3517 We
have said all along that we want to sell a little piece of the business and we
want to be able to pass it on to the employees that are still working there, so
that way we are still maintaining our local ownership, the local focus, the
local everything. It's not our plan to
sell this in any short period of time or to flip it or anything like that or to
look for another company that is interested in looking after it, but we are
looking at divesting ourselves of a good portion of it but it's to the people
that are working at the station and are focused on making it better for the
city of Grande Prairie.
3518 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Thank you, Mr. Chair.
3519 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you, Mrs. Cram.
3520 Mr.
Williams.
3521 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Mr. Gauvin ‑‑
have I pronounced it correctly ‑‑ if we licence your station
plus one or two others, which stations would be the least disruptive to your
business plan?
3522 MR.
GAUVIN: The least disruptive. Right off the bat I would say the Christian
application.
3523 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Excluding them. Sorry.
3524 MR.
GAUVIN: Oh, darned.
‑‑‑ Laughter /
Rires
3525 MR.
GAUVIN: I would say least disruptive
would be one of the larger chains excluding OK and Pattison because I don't feel
that they would have the opportunity to have local ownership and local
excitement about the community that the owners live in, so I would say maybe
Vista or Sun Country Cablevision maybe or something like that.
3526 On
the flip side of your question, if you are going to ask the one as to which one
would complement us or which one would you be able to do the best or that we
could work with the most, I really liked the application from Bear Creek
Broadcasting. I have never actually even
met Ken Truhn or Brian Nash, but after reading over it I see that they have a
commitment to the community with their endeavours for the local arts groups and
museums and things like that. I say, as
them being local residents of Grande Prairie and what it is that they have done
for the city in the past, I think that they would really complement as far as
what we would be able to do too, and between the two of us we could do a lot of
work that isn't getting done as well as it possibly could be right now.
3527 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Thank you.
3528 In
your experience working in both a boom environment and I guess a recession
environment that you described in the other community, do companies need to
advertise more or less in which economy?
Like if an economy is humming in all cylinders maybe they don't need to
advertise. Maybe people are just coming
in the door.
3529 MR.
GAUVIN: Well, I guess that's putting my
sales hat on and so when the economy is slow we say, well, you better advertise
so you can get some people through the door, and when business is busy then we
say, well, your competitor is even busy too so you better advertise so you can
get some of them away from them. I mean
obviously if you look at the economy, how busy it is and how much people are
spending on advertising right now, that's a clear indicator.
3530 I
should have brought a daily Herald Tribune, which is the local newspaper. The Friday newspaper is literally this thick
and it's from flyers and advertisements that are in that paper.
3531 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: If your application was
approved and you were licensed later this year, how long from the date of
licensing would it take your organization to get on the air?
3532 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: The tough part is getting
trades available to do the renovations to the place that we have agreed to
rent, that and then ordering everything in.
We anticipate it will probably be about four, four to five months to get
up on the air.
3533 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Four to five months. I think an Edmonton broadcaster operated out
of a trailer, a construction trailer, for a little while just a year ago. Yes.
3534 MR.
GAUVIN: Yes. That could be an option too.
3535 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Okay. Thank you very much.
3536 Those
are my questions, Mr. Arpin.
3537 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you,
Mr. Williams.
3538 Legal
counsel.
3539 MS
MURPHY: Thank you, Mr. Chair.
3540 In
reviewing the application and in looking for the revisions to the projections,
revenues and expenses, we have found an email that lists the changes that you
submitted on July 11, 2005. In that list
of items or information that were revised there is reference to a section 4.4
of the application form. Section 4 of
the application form actually deals with financial operations. We have found also detailed revised expenses
with the full breakdown, but we cannot find the revised revenue and expense
table that would consolidate this information.
3541 We
would like to ask you to verify the public exam filed. Staff can assist you in terms of locating
exactly what was filed when you did file these revisions. If information is missing, we were wondering
how quickly you could provide us those tables.
3542 MR.
GAUVIN: I have it right here. Actually, I was kind of wondering about that
because I printed off from the public file off the Web site the entire amended
application, the old stuff, I mean there was so much information there, and for
some reason off of that only one of the two pages printed out. It's all the expenses but the revenue page,
for some reason, didn't show up on what I printed off. I just assumed I missed the page when I
printed it but I have the revised ones right here. I can give them to you right away.
3543 MS
MURPHY: Thank you.
3544 MR.
GAUVIN: Thank you.
3545 MS
MURPHY: Those are my questions.
3546 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you, counsel.
3547 Mr.
Gauvin, here is the time to conclude. I
am giving you two minutes to tell us why you are the best applicant for a new
licence in Grande Prairie.
3548 MR.
GAUVIN: Thank you very much.
3549 I
would like to thank the Commission very much for reviewing our application
today. I feel our application responds
to the needs of the community very effectively.
We bring a diversity of news voices and, as the Commission has stated,
the licensing of too many stations in a market could leave to are reduction of
service. Fortunately, our application
only competes in the most competitive part of the Peace Country.
3550 Thank
you again very much for your time and I look forward to a speedy decision as
everybody else here does.
3551 Thank
you.
3552 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you.
3553 We
will take a small break. Before we break
up I want to remind all the applicants that have elected not to appear for
Phase II, the intervention period, to meet with the secretary of the hearing so
that we have a list of those who are looking to appear.
3554 We
will take a short break. We will get
back at five o'clock with the last application.
3555 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: I think we should note that
Mr. Myles has been released and he is in the room with the rest of us.
‑‑‑ Laughter /
Rires
3556 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: And looking none the worse for
his ordeal, I must say.
‑‑‑ Upon recessing
at 1655 / Suspension à 1655
‑‑‑ Upon resuming
at 1707 / Reprise à 1707
3557 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Please be seated.
3558 Only
for the purpose of Phase II, some of our questions did evolve throughout the
last two days so some of the applicants may not have been asked any questions
regarding the alternative scenarios that we have been discussing with some of
the applicants. I would suggest that if
you want to make comments on the scenarios and other questions that could have
been raised throughout the hearing for which you think you have the specific
answer to use Phase II of this proceeding to give us your reply.
3559 I
will now ask the secretary to introduce the final applicant.
3560 THE
SECRETARY: Thank you, Mr. Chair.
3561 Item
No. 10 on the agenda is the application by Standard Radio Inc. for a licence to
operate an English language FM commercial radio programming undertaking in
Grande Prairie. The new stations would
operate on frequency 101.9 MHz (channel 270C1) with an effective radiated
power of 100,000 watts (non‑directional antenna/antenna height of
256.6 metres).
3562 Appearing
for the applicant is Marty Forbes who will introduce his colleagues.
3563 You
will then have 20 minutes for your presentation. Mr. Forbes.
PRESENTATION / PRÉSENTATION
3564 MR.
FORBES: Thank you, kindly.
3565 Good
afternoon, Mr. Chairman and Members of the Commission.
3566 My
name is Marty Forbes. I am the Vice‑President
and General Manager of Standard's radio stations here in Edmonton, Alberta.
3567 Before
we begin I would like to introduce you to the members of our team who have all
played a key role in developing our application for a new FM in Grande Prairie.
3568 To
my right is Diane Morris, Manager of Finances for western Canada for Standard
Radio.
3569 To
my left is Jane Morrissey, a long‑time veteran of our sales department
here in Edmonton.
3570 To
Jane's left is Betty Selin, Regional News Director from Standard Radio in
Kelowna. Betty is the recent winner of
the Jack Webster Fellowship for News Excellence and she has won CAB awards for
her incredible coverage of the B.C. fires a few summers ago.
3571 To
Betty's left is Tammy Cole, Music Director for EZ Rock in Edmonton here who
will handle programming and music questions.
3572 Behind
me, Jeff Vidler from Solutions Research Group in Toronto. Jeff handled the research project for us and
is a former program director for Standard Radio.
3573 Beside
Jeff is Don Lindsay who is a standard radio employee living in Grande
Prairie. Don sells our northern British
Columbia stations in the Grande Prairie market.
He has been living in the area for many years and will be part of our
new operation in charge of our local advisory board.
3574 Beside
Don is Tim Murphy, another standard Edmonton employee who works for Team 1260,
our sports radio station. Tim is of
Métis descent and will be helping us coordinate our plans for the aboriginal
community.
3575 This
is our Standard Radio team.
3576 We
are pleased to be here today to apply for a Soft Adult Contemporary radio
station for Grande Prairie, Alberta.
This radio station would be utilizing the EZ Rock brand that we use in
Edmonton and Toronto and in some of Standard's other markets across the
country.
3577 As
you have heard from the other applicants, Grande Prairie is a very unique
community. Isolated from the rest of the
province. A dynamic and rapidly growing
city with an economy that is sustained by agriculture, forestry and of course
Alberta's gas and oil industries.
3578 It's
a community that is vibrant, active and a great place to raise a family, a
wonderful and most scenic area of our province.
It's an area growing in an unprecedented rate and all signs are that
that growth will continue for some time to come.
3579 Grande
Prairie is a city that is almost totally self‑sufficient, an area that is
rich in quality of life with most of the major chain businesses and services
located in or near the city. The
connection to Edmonton lies via Hwy 43 where northern residents might travel down
to the highway to visit our famous West Edmonton Mall or to enjoy an NHL or CFL
game or to possibly attend a major concert in this city.
3580 As
you well know, Standard Radio is a family‑owned and operated business and
a leading Canadian broadcast company with a well known track record of serving
the community and the Canadian music industry.
With 51 radio stations in seven provinces in markets big and small, we
truly understand the importance of local radio service.
3581 Here
in Edmonton I'm rather proud of what we have accomplished with our Standard
Radio stations, the Bear, EZ Rock and Team 1260. The Bear alone has donated $1.3 million in
cash from our Bear's Children's Fund to various needs in our city since our
inception more than 15 years ago.
3582 Also,
EZ Rock and the Bear completed a huge first ever radiothon for the Stollery
Children's Hospital last fall raising a staggering $300,000 in just two days.
3583 In
preparing our application, Standard listened to the needs expressed by many
members of the Grande Prairie community for a radio station that will provide a
strong and consistent focus on the area.
We have closely analyzed the Grande Prairie economy and we commissioned
research to accurately pinpoint what is currently missing and desired by the
listeners of this vibrant northern Alberta community.
3584 Not
only is there a desire for a new and unique music service in the city, but our
research also shows there is a large demand for news and information that
directly connects the city of Grande Prairie to the rest of the province as
well as to the rest of Canada.
3585 More
on this in just a moment.
3586 To
highlight our research findings Jeff Vidler of Solutions Research Group.
3587 MR.
VIDLER: Thanks, Marty.
3588 The
purpose of our study was to help Standard identify the most appropriate format
for their plans to serve the Grande Prairie radio market. First, our study showed that there was a
viable business opportunity for two formats in Grande Prairie, a Rock station
and a Soft AC station. Both would
attract a significant audience with a very distinct profile.
3589 The
Rock station is skewed towards younger men while the Soft AC would appeal
largely to women aged 35 and over. In
fact, the research indicates that both formats could comfortably coexist while
still leaving a large slice of the market for the incumbent stations. Of the two formats, Standard chose the Soft
AC option for the following reasons:
3590 First,
Soft AC would draw a large and saleable audience. Nearly two out of the three adults surveyed
suggested they would try the Soft AC format if it became available in the
market. Nearly 50 per cent said it would
be their first or second choice station while 22 per cent said it would become
their favourite station.
3591 Based
on this favourite station response we would project that a Soft AC format is
the potential to gain a 22 per cent share of listening among 18‑plus
adults in Grande Prairie. Among 25 to 54
women, the potential share rises to 37 per cent.
3592 Second,
a Soft AC station would add diversity to the market. Among those who indicated that a Soft AC
station would be their favourite, 79 per cent felt there was no local
station that consistently played the kind of music that suits their tastes.
3593 This
dissatisfaction is further reflected in the fact that many potential core
listeners to the format were tuning what were, at the time of the survey, grey
market satellite signals from the U.S.
Fourteen per cent reported listening to Sirius or XM in the week prior
to being interviewed.
3594 Finally,
Soft AC listeners would be particularly receptive. Standard plans to leverage their regional and
national news resources for the Grande Prairie radio station. Nearly six in 10 or 58 per cent of the
potential core listeners to the Soft AC format said they would like to
hear more news on the radio that would connect them to Alberta and Canada at
large.
3595 All
in all, the research indicates that Standard's Soft AC format would be viable
at a degree of diversity that would strengthen the local radio market and
complement the concurrent addition of a Rock format to the market.
3596 MR.
MURPHY: Thank you, Jeff.
3597 EZ
Rock Grande Prairie will feature artists that generally don't get air play in
the area, featuring many of the Canadian artists that Standard Radio has supported
across the country for the past several years.
This audio presentation speaks for itself.
‑‑‑ Video
presentation / Présentation vidéo
3598 MR.
FORBES: Now to describe the music you
will hear on EZ Rock Grande Prairie, Tammy Cole.
3599 MS
COLE: EZ Rock is one of the most
consistent and steadily growing formats in Canada. Because of the seamless blending of long‑established
artists with merging Canadian and international artists, EZ Rock Edmonton and
other EZ Rock stations are consistently strong performers. The Soft AC format
has very little duplication with current Grande Prairie operations.
3600 The
EZ Rock playlist includes establish artists like Elton John, Lionel Ritchie and
Fleetwood Mac. These artists have
limited or no air play in the Grande Prairie area at the moment. As well, Canadian acts like the Guess Who,
Gordon Lightfoot, Bryan Adams, Celine Dion and Shania Twain.
3601 The
EZ Rock format is more adventurous than most traditional AC stations. EZ Rock Edmonton was the first AC station in
Canada to add James Blunt's "You're Beautiful" into regular
rotation. As well, we were the very
first AC station to play Vernon, B.C. native Daniel Powter's megahit "Bad
Day". Two very good moves on our
part.
3602 EZ
Rock is the perfect venue to showcase and establish emerging Canadian
artists. Over the past few years we have
introduced Hip Joint, Lakota Son, Amanda Stott, Ron Sexsmith and Daniel
Powter to our audience. We have also provided
many new artists with an opportunity to showcase their talents with our
exclusive loyal listener club performances.
3603 Standard
Radio also uses a company wide playlist comparison to ensure an artist's
success in Grande Prairie can expand from a regional to a national level. With this proactive approach to nurturing and
exposing Canadian talent, our commitment to establish Canadian superstars,
reaching and maintaining 40 per cent Cancon is more achievable in the Soft AC
format as we utilize music from a variety of formats.
3604 The
Soft AC format is unique and what we call family friendly appealing to women
and families with the assurance of inoffensive lyrics or verbal content. We are so proud to inaugurate Grande Prairie's
first family friendly radio station that we will include our family friendly
pledge on the EZ Rock Grande Prairie Web site.
3605 MR.
FORBES: Thank you, Tammy.
3606 Now
I would like to introduce Jane Morrissey with information on our sales plan.
3607 MS
MORRISSEY: Grande Prairie is growing at
an unprecedented rate of over 4 per cent per year. It is a major hub for most of the Peace
region, serving up to 200,000 people.
3608 As
part of Alberta's growing economy Grande Prairie has seen growth in oil and
gas, agriculture, forestry and the tourism industries. Retail spending, population growth, building
permits and new business licences show steady increases year over year and well
above the Canadian average. Spending in
recreation vehicles, ATVs, motorcycles, ski‑doos and camping equipment is
huge. It is an area that is stunningly
beautiful and enjoyed year round.
3609 The
Financial Post predicts retail spending to go over $1 billion for 2006. It has been more than 25 years since the
introduction of a new radio service to the Grande Prairie community. Our research and experience show that the
market is strong and supports licensing at least one FM station and possibly
more, especially if the formats are unique to the market.
3610 We
have surveyed the market and have found several local advertisers that tell us
that if a female 35 plus targeted radio station were in their market they would
use it to reach potential customers. We
have talked to key advertisers from Grande Prairie including the Grande Prairie
Chrysler Group, Carpet Superstore and the Vacation Store, to name a few. They have told us they would support and
advertise on a female 35‑plus radio station.
3611 Our
revenue projections are conservative, realistic and achievable in Grande
Prairie. With Standard's financial and
programming expertise there is plenty of time and opportunity to build
listenership of this property to the levels seen across the Standard chain.
3612 MR.
FORBES: Thank you, Jane.
3613 Now
with news and information, Betty Selin.
3614 MS
SELIN: We believe this application
offers one of the strongest news components due to the resources we will have
in the region and across the country.
Our strength is our commitment to reflect the community of Grande
Prairie and surrounding area bringing a new independent editorial voice to the
region.
3615 Our
team will focus on local news. But one
of our other advantages is the strength of the Standard Radio news centres
across the country. Our research showed
more than 50 per cent of adults in Grande Prairie would like to hear more news
that connects them to Alberta and Canada in general.
3616 There
will be 62 newscasts per week as well as locally produced news and public
affairs programming featuring content relevant to our audience. Our proposal includes a special noon cast
called the Alberta report that will be coordinated with the Grande Prairie
newsroom utilizing our reporters in Edmonton and Calgary newsrooms, providing
information on oil, forestry, agriculture and government.
3617 Wherever
news happens in Canada, we have access to Standard's award winning network of
newsrooms including those just across the border in British Columbia. When news breaks we will have access to
sources that no one else has.
3618 EZ
Rock will have an advantage during major events like provincial or national
elections, budgets or any major government announcements. Our newsroom will have the ability to link up
with our Standard news centres or our special partnership with CTV to bring
news from the source directly to our listeners.
3619 Shift
workers will also be able to get the day's news at their convenience on our Web
site. We have also found this a very
useful tool during emergencies like the recent missing girl in British
Columbia. Many posters were printed from
our Web site and put up in stores as the community rallied to locate this
missing child. We were proud to be a
small part of that. It's that dedication
to serve the communities we broadcast in that we will bring to Grande Prairie.
3620 This
application offers a unique opportunity, giving an outlet, to many groups in
the community who currently don't have a voice.
There are 90 minutes Sunday morning News Magazine. Groups we spoke with
like the Aboriginal Development Centre, the Alberta Canadian French Association,
Odyssey House, the Multicultural Association, Sunrise House and the African
Caribbean Association are excited about a new opportunity to connect with the
community. Community stringers will be
paid to provide content bearing from current issues to community events. One half hour of this program will be in
French, one half hour in English, the remainder supplied by the aboriginal
community.
3621 Our
news policies reflect our commitment to diversity and local reflection. Our proven track record to serve our audience
will keep our listeners in the Grande Prairie area connected to the community
and well informed.
3622 To
further explain that component, Tim Murphy.
3623 MR.
MURPHY: Thank you, Betty.
3624 Tansi. The program will cover band issues that
relate to all First Nations people in the Grande Prairie region ranging from
local events to national events of the Grand Chief Council. Events included are Aboriginal Day, which is
June 21 in this country, to local powwows and dance, jig competitions, local
and province‑wide, voting procedures for local band councils, sweat lodge
information, language classes for natives, youth programs. This information is vital to areas as far
north as Treaty 6 and Treaty 8, along with the seven other native communities
in and around the Grande Prairie region.
3625 This
program will also feature national aboriginal celebrities such as Grant Green,
Elijah Harper and Gordon Tootoosis.
3626 Parts
of this program will also put an emphasis on First Nations sports stars such as
Jonathan Cheechoo of the San Jose Sharks and Jimmy Nashim, who is a member
of the Team Canada's Olympic fastball team and who is also from the northern
Alberta region.
3627 Native
elders will also be included through interviews in native tongue of Cree and
give guidance to retain a sense of history for the youths that they can
understand and be proud of.
3628 Health
issues will be of high concern to the radio program: AA locations and meetings,
flu vaccination locations, along with information on educational programs for
aboriginal youth. Part of the show will
also include a native employment section and training locals to encourage
native participation in the community.
3629 This
radio program will benefit areas such as Sucker Creek Nation and Driftpile
Nation, just to name a few.
3630 This
radio program will benefit the native population. It would make up to 7 per cent to 10 per cent
of the total Grande Prairie region and will be represented well with a new
radio program.
3631 MR.
FORBES: Standard has proposed
significant benefits for the development of Canadian talent in the amount of
$100,000 per year or $700,000 over the seven‑year licence term. These are very unique concepts targeted at
serving the local Grande Prairie community.
Included will be an EZ Rock talent search, much like the Canadian Idol
phenomenon, where the winner would record a demo sampler at Edmonton's
legendary Homestead Recorders. There will
be a cash prize of $10,000 and a special showcase to introduce our winner to
influential people in the music business.
Standard will fully pay for the production of CDs and a professional bio
package.
3632 Standard
will direct $15,000 per annum towards the Alberta Recording Industry
Association, will create a brand new $10,000 bursary program for students at
either Northern Alberta Institute of Technology or Grant MacEwen College in
Edmonton. One specializes in radio and
TV and the other in journalism.
3633 Standard
will also create a fund that will support Canadians who are members of the four
designated groups. This fund will be
$10,000 per year. There will be a
donation to FACTOR of $5,000 per year.
As well, we will direct $5,000 to Canadian Music Week annually.
3634 Finally,
Standard will create a scholarship program for aboriginal students to attend
one of Canada's leading post‑secondary courses at NATE. This scholarship program will include a
valuable practical placement for the student and an opportunity for future
employment somewhere in the standard chain of radio stations. Again, this is $100,000 per year guaranteed.
3635 Our
non‑cash benefits for Canadian talent will include Standard's well known
national Free Ad Plan which runs commercials promoting new Canadian CDs as
well. Over the past five years alone
Standard Radio corporately has spend $20 million on supporting the Canadian
music industry.
3636 Standard
Radio's commitment to the local community is consistent throughout the entire
chain. Last year alone Standard raised a
total of over $7 million across the chain to assist local hospitals in
each of the markets we serve.
3637 As
well as what I have noted with our Bear Children's Fund earlier, EZ Rock
Edmonton produces one of the most unique programs each Christmas called the EZ
Rock Single Parent Christmas Party where 500 people enjoy a party with Santa,
Christmas entertainment and a fun that they might not ordinarily enjoy due to
their family situation. This initiative
as well will be ruled out to EZ Rock Grande Prairie.
3638 Our
philosophy is to find out the needs in a community and to fill that need. I'm sure if you have read through our letters
of support you will see this is the practice at Standard Radio Edmonton and a
promise to roll out to Grande Prairie.
3639 We
have presented what we consider to be a well thought out and strong application
for a Soft AC radio station to be called EZ Rock Grande Prairie, the key
highlights being: a new and strong voice
for Grande Prairie; a brand new format not heard in the market; 40 per cent
Canadian content; a benefits package of $700,000 over the seven year period; a
new and dynamic approach to news and information using Standard's newsrooms
from across the country; partnerships with both CTV and ADR that will be part
of our news and magazine coverage to the area; news jobs and careers in the
broadcasting industry; and, finally, a realistic and achievable business plan.
3640 We
feel our application brings an exclusive new format, Soft AC, and substantial
news and information commitments that are highly complementary to a city going
through rapid growth like Grande Prairie is experiencing at this time.
3641 This
concludes our presentation and we appreciate the opportunity to answer any
questions you may have.
3642 Thank
you.
3643 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you, Mr. Forbes.
3644 I
am asking Commissioner Cugini to ask you the first questions.
3645 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Ladies and gentlemen, good
afternoon. Welcome to the home stretch
of this part of the proceedings anyway.
3646 I
understand that EZ Rock is a name brand that is associated with Standard
Radio. Has that come to mean wherever a
radio station is branded as EZ Rock as a combination of Soft Rock and
Adult Contemporary music?
3647 MR.
FORBES: The good thing about
EZ Rock is that is exactly the brand, it is Soft Rock and nothing
else. If there is a blend there may be a
Country crossover, but it certainly doesn't share any tendencies from CHR or
almost any other chart.
3648 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: So Soft AC, as you have just
described it, is exactly what you have just said.
3649 MR.
FORBES: Absolutely.
3650 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: And the addition of non‑traditional
AC ‑‑ I'm sorry, I don't remember your name.
3651 MR.
FORBES: That's Tammy, Tammy Cole.
3652 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Cole.
3653 MS
COLE: Yes.
3654 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: ‑‑ that you talked about, will we be seeing those
kinds of selections also included in the Grande Prairie station if licensed?
3655 MS
COLE: Yes.
3656 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: So it will be a combination of
Soft Rock and AC.
3657 MR.
FORBES: We are really talking the same
thing.
3658 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Okay.
3659 MS
COLE: Yes, it is the same thing.
3660 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: All right. You see them as the same thing.
3661 MR.
FORBES: Absolutely.
3662 MS
COLE: Yes.
3663 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: That's good.
3664 Your
research shows that this will be popular with the 25 to 54 demographic
group. You also say that it will have a
particular appeal to 35 to 44. Have you
identified a core audience within that 35 to 44 year old group that this
station will appeal to?
3665 MR.
FORBES: I'm going to let Mr. Vidler
answer that question.
3666 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Sure.
3667 MR.
VIDLER: The station would have its peak
audience. The research indicates a
potential of a 37 per cent share among 25 to 54 year old females. I think sort of if you cut to the centre of
that in terms of a vision of the listener that I think Marty has in mind is
something like a 37‑year old female with a couple of children, if you are
sort of trying to imagine sort of a core listener. Obviously, it would be a blend of different
listeners, but that would represent ‑‑ the essence of the
format would be ‑‑
3668 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: And that's aka the median age of
your listener.
3669 MR.
VIDLER: Yes.
3670 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Okay.
3671 You
have also identified in your research that both this format and Classic Rock or
Rock would also be very popular so why did you choose this format for the
Grande Prairie market?
3672 MR.
VIDLER: It's been our experience that
broadcasters like to research, they like to go in with an idea of what they
would like to do and then have it qualified.
We decided to step a little bit further into it and say, let's find out
what the entire market is looking for and go two and three deep, especially
where we might have some expertise in a format and the EZ Rock format
absolutely jumped right out with this application.
3673 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: I also believe that throughout
your application you talked about your expertise in particular with your
station in Edmonton and of course your station in Toronto. Are there going to be other programming
synergies other than the news and information ones that you cited in your
opening statement that you will share with your Edmonton station?
3674 MR.
FORBES: Grande Prairie would operate
total separate. The one thing that
Standard does do is a lot of discussions and comparing things and good ideas. As Tammy mentioned, you know, James Blunt we
were playing here in Edmonton for almost a month and the other stations were
kind of watching for some activity. So
there is always sharing of resources and expertise in this same format. We do that the same with our Rock stations
and news talk as well.
3675 But
from a hands‑on standalone aspect, EZ Rock Grande Prairie will be ‑‑
they might just find the next Daniel Powter up there.
3676 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Will it be a standalone
operation?
3677 MR.
FORBES: Absolutely.
3678 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: So it will have its own traffic
system, its own billing system, et cetera, all the back office functions
within a building in Grande Prairie.
3679 MR.
FORBES: That's correct.
3680 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Okay.
3681 So
the only synergies really may be what works in Edmonton as far as a playlist is
concerned might be communicated to Grande Prairie and they might try it there
and vice‑versa.
3682 MR.
FORBES: There could be something like
promotions. I mean there are only so
many ways you can do Mother's Day, so if there is somebody in our Vernon EZ
Rock or Salmon Arm EZ Rock that has a great idea, they would fire that out and
we would apply it to the area.
3683 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Are you going to fly Leeza
Gibbons into Grande Prairie to do TV promos?
You don't have to answer that.
3684 MR.
FORBES: Can't afford her.
‑‑‑ Laughter /
Rires
3685 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: One of the things that I found
interesting in your supplementary brief, you said it would distinguish itself
because it was designed to depend in large part on interactivity and public
involvement to cover the daily news. I
was just wondering if you could explain to us a little bit on how that is going
to work and what do you mean by "interactivity with the public".
3686 MR.
FORBES: Absolutely. I will let Betty handle that.
3687 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Sure.
3688 MS
SELIN: One of the things that I think
you were specifically referring to is our Sunday morning News Magazine; for a
station in a market this size I think it will be quite unique. Basically, our intent is, of course the news
director would be ultimately responsible for this program, but it's our intent
to find what we are calling community stringers within the community to help
put that content together.
3689 I
spent quite a bit of time on the phone talking to community groups. As I'm sure you can appreciate, in a booming
economy there are a lot of social issues that come up. It's difficult to deal with those kinds of in‑depth
issues in a newscast where a story might be 30, 45 seconds long. What we are looking at here is in‑depth
interviews. Let's talk about what is
going on in that community. You know,
you want to hear the bad with the good and you want the community to come
together to find solutions. So we see
the Sunday morning News Magazine as that kind of venue.
3690 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: So you will be looking for
stringers.
3691 MS
SELIN: Within the community, yes, on top
of our regular news staff.
3692 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Yes.
3693 So
they will be hired on a freelance basis.
3694 MS
SELIN: That's right. We have budgeted for them and they would be
paid on sort of a per show basis.
3695 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: How big will your newsroom be in
Grande Prairie?
3696 MS
SELIN: We have three full time and one
part time.
3697 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: That will be doing only news.
3698 MS
SELIN: That's right. Do you want me to further explain?
3699 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Sure.
3700 MS
SELIN: Okay.
3701 Our
news director will be the morning show co‑host, which is the position
that is relatively common within Standard stations. In my regular job, that's what I do. I'm a news director and a morning show co‑host.
3702 The
secondary news position would be the afternoon news anchor, who would also of
course report in the morning before they do their afternoon anchorship.
3703 The
third full‑time position would be a reporter three days a week and the
weekend anchor.
3704 Then
we would have a half‑time reporter that would cover, you know, those
evening meetings that nobody wants to go to.
3705 Then
our stringers would be over and above that.
3706 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Then over and above that would also
be your weather and sports people.
3707 MS
SELIN: Those would be handled within the
news department.
3708 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: So are they included in that
outline of staff that you just gave us.
3709 MS
SELIN: That's right. Yes.
Exactly. The person who does the
morning news read would do the morning sports as well. They would be the one, you know, checking the
Web sites, getting those hockey scores, doing that kind of thing.
3710 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Back to your Sunday morning news
and magazine, you said it would be presented in English, French and Cree.
3711 MS
SELIN: That's correct. We intend to break it down into 30‑minute
segments, so the interview portion of the show that I spoke about would be, you
know, much of the English portion, would be about the community issues as well
as, you know, fundraising events, community.
You know, whatever is going on in that community you are going to find
out about what is coming up the next week on the Sunday.
3712 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: So every week it will be split a
third, a third and a third.
3713 MS
SELIN: That's our intention. I mean that's in a perfect world. I guess we will find out when we get into it
because this is a unique program that we have developed for this radio station
so, you know, we will learn by trial and error.
3714 Don,
who actually lives in the market, has spent some time communicating with the
Alberta Canadian French Association, which is ‑‑ there is a
significant French population just outside the Grande Prairie area. They are very interested in having a voice,
so one of our news staff would obviously have to be bilingual and that would
have to be a condition of their employment.
3715 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: And this type of programming is
unique to the market, there is no other radio station providing this kind of
programming.
3716 MS
SELIN: Not that we are aware of that
does this sort of more lengthy kind of programming, then of course our
relationship with the Aboriginal Voices Radio that we are developing as well as
within the community the contacts that Tim has made.
3717 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Is this a 52‑week
commitment?
3718 MS
SELIN: This is a forever commitment.
3719 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Okay then, times seven times the
second term ‑‑
‑‑‑ Laughter /
Rires
3720 MS
SELIN: Times seven times seven times
seven.
3721 MR.
FORBES: If I can just add about the
interactivity. It is a big
component. It really is important that
the public has access to the airwaves and your product. We have a loyal listener club that receives a
minimum one newsletter per month telling them everything that is going on in
our operation. They are asked to respond
back to anything that they would like to comment on. If we are launching our Christmas music it
may be saying, when would you like it, when is too soon, when is too late.
3722 We
also invite those listeners once a month to come join often in the radio
station, wander through. We bring in
dinner and have them comment on the entire market, what they like and dislike,
especially with artists as well, music they would like to hear. So the whole radio station is constantly
built on talking to the audience.
3723 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Of course this is a program that
you will be producing.
3724 MR.
FORBES: That's correct.
3725 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Is there any other local
programming that you will be producing that is part of this application?
3726 MR.
FORBES: Over and above the magazine
show?
3727 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Yes.
3728 MR.
FORBES: Our normal 6:00 a.m. to
6:00 p.m. will all be local. Our
evenings will be the syndicated Delilah show.
That's heard on about 150 radio stations across North America. It is also interactive. It has a 1‑800 phone number and email
access as well.
3729 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Of course the 40 per cent
Canadian content commitment, you will accept that as a condition of licence.
3730 MR.
FORBES: Absolutely.
3731 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: And you will accept that as a
condition of licence from 6:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. Monday to Friday.
3732 MR.
FORBES: Correct.
3733 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: I have to ask that.
3734 CTD. You did not mention it in your opening
remarks this afternoon. However, it is
in your supplementary brief. It's the
$15,000 a year to the aboriginal French language info program, so the one that
we have just spoken about ‑‑
3735 MR.
FORBES: That's the Sunday morning
program we referenced.
3736 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Right.
3737 MR.
FORBES: That's correct.
3738 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Why do you think this is
eligible CTD?
3739 MR.
FORBES: I can't remember which applicant
was talking this morning, it might have been Mr. Arnish. I truly believe that you have to help develop
the entire broadcast industry as well.
3740 I'm
the head of NATE's radio and TV course and I have been guiding them along the
lines of changing their intake system to reflect the needs in the
community. I think we as broadcasters
have to help support and sustain the need for all these new broadcasters that
are coming out there and that we should pay for their education, give them
practice and programs and then employment in the broadcast industry.
3741 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: So it is the development of
talent that would produce programming for your radio station.
3742 MR.
FORBES: It's taking a young employee to
these courses, spending two years with them, bringing them into the radio
station, teaching them hands on and then employing them.
3743 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: If during our deliberations we
don't agree with that assessment, are you still committed to this ‑‑
would you still be committed to the Sunday morning program?
3744 MR.
FORBES: Absolutely. As a matter of fact, Mr. Albright, from
behind here, is sitting here from NATE, and if this doesn't qualify we would
direct that funding towards NATE for their needs, but we will continue doing
the Sunday morning show regardless.
3745 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: You would redirect that $15,000
to NATE as part of the CTD ‑‑ oh, your overall CTD commitment.
3746 MR.
FORBES: Yes, we would.
3747 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Thank you.
3748 In
terms of impact ‑‑ don't answer the question how many radio
stations just yet can Grande Prairie support ‑‑
3749 MR.
FORBES: Thank you.
3750 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: ‑‑ if you were in the room this morning and even
later on this afternoon, Bear Creek, and Vista agree with them, that
Standard is one of the applicants, that is, one of the applicants that would
have an impact on their proposed service if you were both awarded a licence as
a result of the stations that Standard Radio operates in Fort St. John and
Dawson Creek.
3751 Now,
your salesperson is here so could you tell us ‑‑ part of the
question is going to be can you tell us your services outside the Grande
Prairie market. Can you confirm that
they do generate both revenue and audience in Grande Prairie?
3752 MR.
FORBES: I'm sorry. I will let Don discuss his exact role.
3753 The
closest radio station is a long, long way from Grande Prairie. We are about 85 miles or 100‑and‑something
kilometres in another time zone.
3754 Don,
if you can just outline that?
3755 MR.
LINDSAY: Hi, I'm Don Lindsay. I have been in Grande Prairie for over about
40 years now. I have been selling Grande
Prairie, Fort St. John, Dawson Creek and Fort Nelson Standard Radio advertising
to the people in our market, in the Grande Prairie market, who want to hit that
80,000 to 90,000 market, that total northeastern British Columbia side of the
border.
3756 Currently,
the highway between Dawson Creek, Fort St. John and Grande Prairie is bumper to
bumper. It has been that way for a few
years and it is going to get worse. We
have a large segment of that population that come over to shop in Grande
Prairie. The only contact that they have
with Standard Radio in Grande Prairie is me selling the advertising I'm selling
to the local retailers to go into the Dawson Creek‑Fort St. John
market. They do not hear us, they do not
see us. We are not heard or seen in the
Grande Prairie market, our stations, and that includes our television station
also.
3757 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: So the radio signals absolutely
do not come into the Grande Prairie market.
3758 MR.
LINDSAY: You might get a faint glimpse
of one for about 10 or 15 seconds, but actually you cannot pick them up and
keep them on your station.
3759 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Can you tell us what percentage
of the advertising revenue for Fort St. John and Dawson Creek come from
Grande Prairie retailers?
3760 MR.
LINDSAY: I would say we are selling
about $360,000 to $400,000 a year out of Grande Prairie. That's the revenue we are taking in in
Fort St. John and Dawson Creek.
3761 As
far as the total percentage, I can't give it to you.
3762 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Do you foresee any operating
synergies with those radio stations?
3763 MR.
FORBES: I think from a news standpoint
Betty might have some ideas on how we might maximize that.
3764 MS
SELIN: I mean any of our news stations
we can share information right across the country. Standard Radio has an email system, it is
called SRI News, and whatever happens anywhere, if it is a big story, we put it
on that site and everyone has access to it.
It's what gives us an advantage from the rest of the world is using
broadcast news. We can use our own
reporters. So that would be
available. You know certainly there are
some similarities in, you know, resource‑based stories, that kind of
thing. If Dawson Creek or Fort St. John
did an interesting story certainly they would have access to it, but we don't
see ‑‑ you know, there certainly wouldn't be simulcasting of
newscasts. It would be more sharing of
perhaps contacts or story ideas or a really big story, we'd absolutely share
it.
3765 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Would that include programs from
Standard's sister company Soundsource?
Would you be accessing of that programming?
3766 MR.
FORBES: Soundsource is a tremendous
service and if there were some news or public affairs programs we certainly
would take a look at it if it was relevant to the area.
3767 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: And none of their music
programming.
3768 MR.
FORBES: Pardon me?
3769 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: None of their music programming.
3770 MR.
FORBES: Delilah is actually a
Soundsource product. It is Canadianized
in Toronto and sent out across the country.
3771 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Okay. So there are plans to include that and there
may be plans to include others.
3772 MR.
FORBES: That's correct. Something like the LIVE 8 that came out a
year ago, Standard had the rights to that and we had the option to run it and
did run it on our two properties here. A
very similar scenario. We would do that.
3773 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Okay. Now the impact question.
3774 You
have heard various scenarios that were described both yesterday and today. What would your response be if we ‑‑
first of all, how many radio stations do you believe the Grande Prairie market
can sustain?
3775 MR.
FORBES: I think if we are including the
Touch tone I think three. I think it is
imperative that they are as far apart as they possibly can be in format. I just operated this last year with four new
competitors and a format flip can certainly alter the landscape, but if each is
true to their own format that they promise and follow through, I think we can
all operate quite well.
3776 I
mean the one difference with AC, it is a 70 per cent female and very, very low
duplication on any of these other operations for any of the descriptions that I
have heard, artist‑wise, yes, but the softer material from the Eagles and
from the Doobie Brothers, that type, so there is very, very little duplication
on this radio station.
3777 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: If we were to licence you and we
were to give OK Radio their second, you heard them yesterday, or maybe you
didn't, but they said that if we were to licence their application, their
current radio station, they would probably skew their format to a softer AC
than what they are currently doing. If
that scenario pans out will you still launch your radio station with the format
as proposed?
3778 MR.
FORBES: That would cause me to lose what
little hair I have left. However, we are
very confident in the product of EZ Rock and would continue to launch,
absolutely.
3779 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: With this format as proposed.
3780 MR.
FORBES: That's correct.
3781 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: You heard the presentation from
Crude Communications just before you came up.
What if we licensed that service, what impact would that have on your
proposal?
3782 MR.
FORBES: It wouldn't cause me any
problems at all.
3783 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: You would still keep all your
hair.
3784 MR.
FORBES: It's a hope. It may be too late.
‑‑‑ Laughter /
Rires
3785 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Thank you.
3786 MR.
FORBES: Thank you.
3787 COMMISSIONER
CUGINI: Thank you,
Mr. Chairman. Those are all my
questions.
3788 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Commissioner Cram.
3789 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Thank you.
3790 Mr.
Forbes, there was just one question. You
are going to be live on air during the regulated time, 6:00 a.m. to 6:00
p.m. I heard you correctly.
3791 MR.
FORBES: That's correct.
3792 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: And 6:00 p.m. until midnight, did
I hear you say syndicated programming?
3793 MR.
FORBES: It's a program called
Delilah. It's kind of an Oprahish radio
program. It is done in Seattle,
Washington but fed across the country with a 1‑800. It's love music and love ‑‑
very uplifting type programs. We would
run that.
3794 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: It's a phone‑in show.
3795 MR.
FORBES: Yes, it is. Yes.
3796 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Okay. Thank you very much. That's all.
3797 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Could I get back to your
French and aboriginal language component and I will maybe ‑‑
just to try to understand because it is interesting what you have said.
3798 I
will start with the aboriginal portion of it, but the section that Mr. Murphy
read, if you are planning to do that in half an hour every week, I don't know
at which speed they will be talking.
3799 MR.
FORBES: A show of that type is
successful because of the guests that you have to come in to the area. If Robbie Robertson was in town with a brand
new album he could eat that up in 90 minutes easily or that half hour easily,
but Mr. Murphy has a very firm grasp on this and Standard is very heavily
involved in the Saber program and we have a gentleman by the name of Robert
Laboucane from Ripple Effects, who spent a great deal of time with us telling
us the needs and the requirements. It
was absolutely eye opening for us living in Alberta the problems that are being
encountered in some of these communities.
3800 Tim,
if you wouldn't mind describing the program just a little bit further.
3801 MR.
MURPHY: I just want to say first of all
that I am very proud that Standard Broadcasting has taken the initiative to
make the First Nation aboriginal people a part of this application and to join
with them and to go in a positive direction.
It is very important for the aboriginal community to not only be heard
but be heard by themselves, to be able to get in there and do the work, do the
reporting, do the stringing work, and be proud of what they do, not only in
English but in Cree or other native languages.
It's very important for the aboriginal people, myself, to be a part of
this process and to make sure that we are going in a positive direction. I think that Standard Radio is doing
that. I really do think that they want
the aboriginal people to be represented not only in this country but
represented by themselves.
3802 THE
CHAIRPERSON: You have mentioned that AVR
will be contributing. What are you
expecting as a contribution from AVR?
3803 MR.
FORBES: AVR would be supplying us the
bulk tape from whatever content that would have local relevance to a national
show. They are just launching in
Vancouver I think almost any day now and they will have the Edmonton and
Calgary licences. So we would have the
option to take that material and edit it and present it in the show and in
return if there is news of relevance from northern Alberta, we would eventually
feed it down to AVR as well, so a partnership.
It will probably be a good, long time before AVR has stations in markets
that small.
3804 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Are there native
broadcasters around Grande Prairie, because I met with Mr. Bert
Crawfoot ‑‑
3805 MR.
FORBES: He is part of the Saber program
as well.
3806 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Which program? He is surely not part of AVR.
3807 MR.
FORBES: I'm sorry; he is not part of
AVR.
3808 THE
CHAIRPERSON: He is operating, and I
don't remember the name of his organization, but ‑‑
3809 MR.
FORBES: There's the APTN‑TV and
then there is the Star Choice satellite feed.
It's only on a satellite feed.
3810 THE
CHAIRPERSON: But here in Alberta there is
a ‑‑
3811 COMMISSIONER
CRAM: Isn't it the Siksika? It's the native broadcasters that initially
started up by Heritage Canada in each of the four western provinces, and this
is the Alberta one, and I think they are Siksika.
3812 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Yes. Do they have radio stations in the northern
area around Grande Prairie or whatever?
3813 MR.
FORBES: Not that I'm aware of.
3814 THE
CHAIRPERSON: And you, Mr. Murphy?
3815 MR.
MURPHY: I understand that they are part
of the group of Windspeaker, which does have transmitters that does broadcast
across Alberta. Yes, they do, they have
feeders.
3816 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Okay. Are they covering a portion of the Peace
River area?
3817 MR.
MURPHY: I'm not familiar with that right
now, sir. I really don't know.
3818 THE
CHAIRPERSON: You are not familiar with
that.
3819 MR.
MURPHY: No.
3820 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Regarding the French
component, it is my understanding from various readings that I have that there
are a good number of Quebeckers that are working in Grande Prairie. I know for a fact that Franco‑Albertans
and Québécois are not necessarily the same group.
3821 The
French component of your program, I noticed that in your presentation you are
saying that you have been dealing with the Alberta Canadian French
Association. Are you going to be aiming
at the Franco‑Albertan or at the Québécois who comes to work in Grande
Prairie?
3822 MR.
FORBES: I am going to let Betty handle
how we do this.
3823 MS
SELIN: Our discussions were with Liette
Hurtubise who is with the Alberta Canadian French Association, so, yes, it is
that community that is outside of Grande Prairie that we had in mind. Certainly, if someone who, you know, heard
our program, liked what they heard and wanted to have a say, we certainly
wouldn't deny them that opportunity. But
it is our intention to work with this already very active community who feels
that they don't have an adequate voice right now.
3824 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Commissioner Williams wants
to ask questions.
3825 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Thank you, Mr. Chair.
3826 Mr.
Forbes, in your opening remarks you stated Standard Radio is a family‑owned
and operated broadcasting business. Does
this mean your firm's proposed IPO activities are on permanent hold?
3827 MR.
FORBES: Yes, sir, they are. I believe the application has been Gazetted
but the program or the plan is on hold at this time.
3828 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Okay.
3829 Could
you please describe how your $10,000 per year fund to support the four
designated groups will work in practical terms, like how will the money be
spent, what is it for?
3830 MR.
FORBES: That one is what I like to call
like a songwriter's circle. We have done
this with Ron Sexsmith where we take a number of people out and we will bring
in designated groups and entertain them and actually teach them how to write
songs, how the music business works and quite possibly have them enter the
Standard national songwriting contest as well.
So it is a giant showcase of this artist to the designated groups.
3831 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Would one artist supply for
the whole 10 or is it just something that you pay for and organize?
3832 MR.
FORBES: We would pay for everything, bus
transportation, if need be, hall rental, whatever needs be.
3833 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Okay. Thank you.
Those are all my questions.
3834 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you.
3835 Legal
counsel.
3836 MS
FISHER: Just one quick question.
3837 We
notice in your application that it appears that one Standard condition of
licence was overlooked when you were filling it out so we just want to ask you
whether you undertake by condition of licence to refrain from soliciting or
accepting local advertising for broadcasts during any broadcast week when less
than one‑third of the programming aired is local.
3838 MR.
FORBES: Yes. Correct.
3839 MS
FISHER: Thank you. Those are my questions.
3840 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Well, Mr. Forbes, you have
the next two minutes to tell us why Standard should be granted a licence to
serve Grande Prairie.
3841 MR.
FORBES: Thank you.
3842 I
would first like to thank and commend the Commission. You have an extremely hard job to do, as
there are some very good applications on the table for Grande Prairie.
3843 The
bar definitely has risen with these applications and the city of Grande Prairie
will directly benefit from your decision as to whom to grant these new licences
to.
3844 You
asked us to do our homework and you surely have done yours.
3845 Standard
Radio has a passion for the radio business and that passion is extended to each
and every market that we serve big and small.
It is a family‑owned business whose success depends on not only
serving the community but superserving the community.
3846 Each
year at the CAB and at the Canadian Music Week, Standard takes home awards for
this type of service. If you did take
the time to read the letters of support we received from our application, you
would see confirmation of our commitment from people like the United Way, the
Stollery Children's Hospital, the Edmonton Oilers Hockey Club, God bless them,
the Royal Alexander Hospital Foundation, Mothers Against Drunk Driving, the
Edmonton Police DARE Service Program, YWCA, the MS Society and NATE, to name
just a few.
3847 Each
of these letters came from business leaders in Edmonton who recognize our
dedication to serving the community. It
is our promise to roll out this same level of service to Grande Prairie that
Edmonton and Calgary enjoy, that Terrace and Dawson Creek enjoy, that Calgary,
Penticton and Trail, B.C. enjoy.
3848 We
know the AC format well. I have
personally programmed Soft AC radio stations for the past 25 years in markets
as small as Lethbridge and as large as Vancouver in Toronto.
3849 We
know the province. My family alone has
more than 75 years of broadcast experience in Edmonton and Calgary. Our promises are substantial and we are
prepared to honour each and every one of them.
Standard Radio is in it for the long haul and deserves full
consideration for what we feel is a very unique and dynamic radio station
promise for the community.
3850 Thank
you.
3851 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you,
Mr. Forbes. Thank you to your team.
3852 This
ends the first phase of this portion of the hearing, the Grande Prairie
hearing.
3853 Before
moving to Phase II, may I remind those who have comments to make regarding the
various scenarios or other questions that have been raised by the Commission
throughout the hearing, I know that some of those questions did really evolve,
and who wants to make comments to make them in Phase II. We will not accept the comments you want to
make on these matters in Phase IV unless they are comments on another
applicant.
3854 Thank
you.
3855 We
will move along immediately with Phase II.
3856 THE
SECRETARY: Thank you, Mr. Chairman.
3857 Maybe
before we start I just would like to indicate that two applicants have filed
the documents they have committed to do before this phase.
3858 One
is from Crude Communications. They are
revised projected financial figures. The
document will be on the application file in the examination room for those who
wish to view them.
3859 The
other one is from the applicant Sun Country.
There are two commitments they have put forward. One is the hypothetical audience shares in
the Grande Prairie radio market and the other document is regarding the various
hypotheticals licensing scenarios also in Grande Prairie. Again, these documents will be in the
application file and can be viewed in the examination room.
3860 Now
moving on to Phase II of the process, I just wish to indicate that six
applicants will not be appearing in this phase.
Two have not indicated whether they will or not, so I will be calling
them in the reverse order that they are in the agenda starting by Newcap
Inc. If they are in the room and wish to
appear if you would come forward please.
3861 I
would then call Sun Country Cablevision Limited on behalf of a corporation to
be incorporated. If they wish to appear
in Phase II they could come forward.
3862 Continuing
with Vista Radio Limited.
3863 And
finally, Crude Communications Inc., if they would come forward to make their
presentation in this case.
3864 Mr.
Gauvin, you have 10 minutes for your presentation.
INTERVENTION
3865 MR.
GAUVIN: Thank you very much.
3866 Not
to be the only guy crying and griping about anything, it seems like I am I
guess in this phase, my only concern is with the presentation by Sun Country
Cablevision.
3867 In
their presentation they outlined that they had within their application
arranged to do play‑by‑play broadcasts of Grande Prairie Storm
games and that their letter of support indicated this as well. That's just not accurate information and it
is not in part of their application or their letter of support from that
organization.
3868 That's
the only thing I was concerned about.
3869 Thank
you.
3870 THE
SECRETARY: Mr. Chairman, this completes
Phase II of the process for the agenda Item Nos 1 to 10. Back to you.
‑‑‑ Laughter /
Rires
3871 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you very much.
3872 We
will resume the hearing tomorrow morning at 8:30. Have a nice evening.
‑‑‑ Whereupon the
hearing adjourned at 1800, to resume
on Wednesday, June 21, 2006 at 0830 / L'audience
est ajournée à 1800, pour reprendre le mercredi
21 juin 2006 à 0830
REPORTERS
______________________ ______________________
Richard Johansson Lynda Johansson
______________________ ______________________
Jennifer Cheslock Diane Schroeter
- Date de modification :